You are on page 1of 528

$5

GST included

Calendar
2005 - 2006

ISBN #0-919555-44-6

This Calendar sets forth the intention of the University, at the time of its publication, with respect to all matters contained therein.The University reserves the
right at any time to deviate from what appears in the Calendar, either in order to serve the best interests of the University, or because of circumstances or
occurrences beyond the University’s reasonable control.The University expressly denies responsibility or liability to any person who may suffer loss or who may
be otherwise adversely affected by such change.

©2005 - University of Lethbridge


TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE UNIVERSITY SHIELD .............................................. 5 PART 4 - ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, POLICIES AND


PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY ..................................... 5
Information and Advice ....................................................61
MANDATE STATEMENT .................................................. 5 Student Computer Literacy..............................................61
Academic Regulations ......................................................61
OUR MISSION ................................................................... 6 University Policies............................................................68
OUR VISION ....................................................................... 6 General Liberal Education Requirement ...........................77

OUR FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES .............................. 6 PART 5 - GRADUATION


Application for Graduation ..............................................81
THE UNIVERSITY ............................................................. 8 Outstanding Accounts......................................................81
PRINCIPLES OF STUDENT CITIZENSHIP..........................9 Convocation Invitation.....................................................82
Conferral of Degrees.......................................................82
NOTICES TO STUDENTS .............................................. 10 Conferral of Degrees in Absentia .....................................82
Names on Parchments.....................................................82
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE
Posthumous Degrees .......................................................82
2005 - 2006 .................................................................. 13
Transcripts ......................................................................82
2006 - 2007 .................................................................. 15
Parchment Replacement ..................................................82
2007 - 2008 .................................................................. 18
Convocation Attendance .................................................83
PART 1 - ADMISSION
PART 6 - INTERNATIONAL AND EXCHANGE
Introduction ....................................................................21 STUDENTS AND THE INTERNATIONAL CENTRE FOR
Application Deadlines ......................................................22 STUDENTS
Admission Routes and Required Qualifications for New
International Students......................................................85
Applicants ................................................................22
Exchange Students ...........................................................85
Continuing Students Changing Programs ..........................34
International Centre for Students (ICS)............................85
International Students......................................................34
English Language and Writing Requirements .....................35 PART 7 - FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
Transfer and Evaluation of Credit - Policies and Philosophy and Programs .................................................88
Procedures ..............................................................36 Advising and Information .................................................89
How to Apply for Admission ............................................39 Academic Standards.........................................................89
Policies for all Students ....................................................40 Institutional Honours.......................................................90
Caveat - Authority to Rescind Admission..........................42 Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) ....................................................90
Explanation of Terms........................................................42 Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.)...............................................91
PART 2 - REGISTRATION Bachelor of Arts and Science (BASc.) ...............................92
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in
Student Records Retention Policy ....................................43 Agricultural Studies ..................................................93
Advice and Information....................................................43 Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in
Terms Used During Registration ......................................43 Agricultural Studies ..................................................95
When to Register............................................................45 Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in
Order of Regsitration ......................................................46 Computer Science....................................................97
Registration Limitations ...................................................46 Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in
Course Add/Drop............................................................47 Environmental Science..............................................98
Cancellation and Withdrawal............................................47 Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in
Geography with a Concentration in Geographical
PART 3 - FEES
Information Science..................................................99
Disclaimer .......................................................................49 Combined Degrees .......................................................100
Information .....................................................................49 B.A., B.Sc. or BASc. After an Approved Degree................100
Financial Support .............................................................49 B.A. or B.Sc. After Transfer to a Professional Faculty........100
Application for Admission and Unclassified Student Co-operative Education/Internship Programs in the
Registration Fees......................................................49 Humanities and Social Sciences ...............................100
Deposits..........................................................................49 Co-operative Education/Internship Programs in the
Fee Payments ..................................................................50 Sciences .................................................................102
Fee Schedules..................................................................50 Applied Studies..............................................................104
Cancellations,Withdrawals, and Refunds ...........................52 Independent Study .........................................................104
Outstanding Accounts......................................................53 Divisional Course Designation .......................................104
Receipts ..........................................................................53 Majors...........................................................................104
Fee Deadlines..................................................................53 Pre-Professional Transfer Programs.................................141

2
PART 8 - FACULTY OF EDUCATION PART 13 - COMBINED DEGREES
Guiding Principles of Teacher Education..........................147 Basic Information...........................................................212
Education Programs .......................................................148 Advising.........................................................................212
Advising.........................................................................149 Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Education
Admission to Bachelor of Education Programs................149 Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Education .....................212
Requirements for Bachelor of Education Programs .........150 Bachelor of Fine Arts (Art)/Bachelor of Education ..........232
Policies and Regulations .................................................152 Bachelor of Fine Arts (Dramatic Arts)/Bachelor of
Education Minors...........................................................155 Education ...............................................................236
Education Specializations................................................159 Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Education ........................240
Diploma Programs in Education (D.P.E.)..........................160 Bachelor of Management/Bachelor of Education..............244
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Management
PART 9 - FACULTY OF FINE ARTS Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Management..........248
General Philosophy and Programs ..................................163 Post-Diploma Combined Degrees Programs in
Advising and Information................................................163 Fine Arts and Education..........................................264
Admission .....................................................................164 Post-Diploma Combined Degrees Program in
Academic Standards.......................................................166 Management and Education ....................................271
Institutional Honours .....................................................167 B.A. or B.Sc. After Transfer to a Professional Faculty........273
Degree Programs...........................................................167
Art Gallery....................................................................175 PART 14 - SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
University Theatres ........................................................175 Introduction ..................................................................275
Conservatory ................................................................175 Master of Arts (M.A.) or Master of Science (M.Sc.)
Program.................................................................275
PART 10 - SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
Master of Education (M.Ed.) Program .............................279
General Philosophy ........................................................177 Master of Science (Management) Program ......................287
Program Information......................................................178 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.d.) Program ............................290
Advice and Information..................................................179 Financial Assistance ........................................................295
Admission .....................................................................180 English Language Proficiency for Graduate Students ........298
Special Arrangements for Course Credit ........................184 Western Deans’ Agreement ...........................................298
Academic Standards.......................................................185 Campus Alberta Master of Counselling Program .............298
Institutional Honours .....................................................185 Graduate Programs 2005-2006 Fee Schedule ..................304
Standards of Professional Conduct .................................186
Bachelor of Nursing Degree (NESA) ..............................186 PART 15 - COURSES
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Nursing Degree ....................187 Course Subject Abbreviations.........................................305
Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Counselling Where to Get More Information ...................................306
Degree...................................................................189 Course Numbering System ............................................306
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Definitions.....................................................................306
Counselling Degree ...............................................190 Fees ..............................................................................308
Certificate in Health Sciences.........................................191 Timetable ......................................................................308
Disclaimer .....................................................................308
PART 11 - FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT
How to Read a Course Description ...............................308
Philosophy and Programs ...............................................193
Faculty of Management Campuses ..................................194 PART 16 - AWARDS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Advising and Information................................................194 Application for Awards...................................................405
Admission .....................................................................194 Entrance Awards............................................................408
Co-operative Education .................................................196 Entrance,Transfer, or Continuing Awards ........................413
Academic Standards.......................................................196 Undergraduate Awards ..................................................417
Regulations that Apply to Courses Taken in Graduate Scholarships ...................................................459
Management...........................................................197 Academic Medals ...........................................................460
Graduation ....................................................................197 Financial Assistance ........................................................462
Institutional Honours .....................................................198 Index of Awards and Scholarships...................................463
Bachelor of Management................................................198
PART 17 - GENERAL SERVICES
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Management ..........................202
Accelerated Bachelor of Management Degree ................205 Admissions ....................................................................467
Bachelor of Management as a Second Degree.................205 Athletics........................................................................467
Double Majors...............................................................205 Bookstore .....................................................................468
Combined Degrees........................................................205 Bus Service....................................................................468
Certificate Programs......................................................206 Campus Card ................................................................468
Career Resources Centre (CRC) ...................................468
PART 12 - SOCIAL WORK (THE UNIVERSITY OF Catering and Food Services ..........................................469
CALGARY) - LETHBRIDGE DIVISION Chaplaincy .....................................................................469
Advice and Information..................................................209 CKXU Radio .................................................................469
Bachelor of Social Work Program...................................209 Communications............................................................469
Admission ....................................................................209 Conference and Event Services ......................................470
Program Requirements ..................................................209 Counselling Services ......................................................470

3
PART 17, continued PART 18 - ACADEMIC STAFF ...................................... 481
Disabilities .....................................................................470
Graduate and Professional School Examinations..............470 PART 19 - UNIVERSITY ORGANIZATION ................ 493
Health Centre ...............................................................470
Housing Services ...........................................................471
PART 20 - AWARDS OF DISTINCTION ..................... 499
Information Technology ..................................................473
International Centre for Students...................................473
International Liaison Officer (ILO)..................................473 PART 21 - COLLABORATING AND
Library ..........................................................................473 PARTNERING INSTITUTIONS ................................... 503
Mail Services..................................................................474
The Meliorist (Student Newspaper)..................................475
Occupational Health and Safety......................................475 GLOSSARY ...................................................................... 506
Off-Campus Housing .....................................................475
Physical Education (P.E.) Facilities....................................475 INDEX ............................................................................. 510
Printing Services ............................................................475
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS)...............476 CALENDAR ORDER FORM .......................................... 517
Sport and Recreation Services .......................................476
Security and Parking (Including Lost and Found) .............476 FEE PAYMENT OPTIONS FORM ................................ 519
Student Awards - Scholarships and Bursaries ..................477
Student Finance - Government Student Loans
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE CAMPUS ................ 526
and Grants .............................................................477
Student Liaison and Recruitment ....................................478
Students’ Union .............................................................478 CAMPUS MAP ................................................................ 528
University Advancement.................................................480
Writing Services ............................................................480 FREQUENTLY CALLED NUMBERS ..... (inside back cover)

4
THE UNIVERSITY SHIELD
The University of Lethbridge adopted its official Shield in 1973 (shown left), six years after the
University’s inception. Developed by a Senate committee with the leadership of University President
Dr. William E. Beckel, the Shield design and Heraldic description was approved by the Senate on
October 2, 1973 and ratified by the Board of Governors later that month.
The Shield was designed primarily in the University’s colours of blue and gold.The gold sun on the
blue shield represents southern Alberta. The blue and silver book above the gold and blue wreath
represents the search for knowledge. The University’s motto, ‘Fiat Lux,’ the Latin for ‘Let there be
light,’ is lettered on a gold and silver band below the shield.
In 2003, the original design was simplified (shown right).The new shield brings focus to the fiery sun
with twisted Aztec rays and to the motto, 'Fiat Lux.'

STATEMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
In the process of transmitting and advancing higher learning, the University of Lethbridge endeavours to cultivate humane values; it
seeks to foster intellectual growth, social development, aesthetic sensitivity, personal ethics and physical well-being; it seeks to cultivate
the transcendental dimension of the scholar’s personality.
Flexibility and openness to innovation will be the distinguishing feature of the University of Lethbridge.
Notwithstanding its intention to offer diverse subject matter contributing to the acquisition of professional skills, the University regards
learning as an end in itself, not merely as a means to material ends. Its primary aims are to foster the spirit of free inquiry and the
critical interpretation of ideas.
The undergraduate is, and should remain, the focus of the University’s endeavour. Students are invited to participate in all phases of
university life.The highest degree of interaction between students and faculty is encouraged, and should not be confined to the physical
limits of the campus.
It is desirable and necessary that the University should relate closely to the local community. Nevertheless, its outlook should not be
determined by any regional or sectional interest.Through exposures to cosmopolitan influences and diverse cultures, scholars are best
able to evaluate their own social and cultural milieux.
The University asserts its right and responsibility for free expression and communication of ideas. It is self-evident that a university
cannot function without complete autonomy in this domain.

MANDATE STATEMENT
The University of Lethbridge is a Board-governed institution functioning under the Universities Act, as a member of the system of Alberta
universities. It offers instructional programs at the Bachelor’s level in the humanities, the social sciences, the natural sciences and
mathematics, within its Faculty of Arts and Science. It also awards University certificates, diplomas and undergraduate degrees in Education,
Fine Arts, Health Sciences, Management and Nursing. As well, it offers a Master of Education (M.Ed.), Master of Arts (M.A.), Master of
Science (M.Sc.), Master of Science (Management) and a special case Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). It stimulates and supports basic research
and scholarly activity in all disciplines in which it gives instruction, and conducts certain lines of applied research of special relevance to
the region or to the province.
The University offers collaborative programs with various community colleges, including post-diploma degrees in Agricultural Studies,
Environmental Science, Fine Arts, Management and Nursing. It encourages, through its Management, Education and Arts and Science
Faculties, active development of educational opportunities in Native American studies for Native American students through off-campus
and on-campus programs.
The University of Lethbridge provides non-credit continuing education programs throughout the region. It supports artists’ workshops
and in general makes available its cultural programs and facilities as well as its athletic facilities to the wider community in which it is
located.
Approved by the Minister
May 23, 2001

5
OUR MISSION
In the process of transmitting and advancing higher learning, the University of Lethbridge endeavours to cultivate humane values; it seeks
to foster intellectual growth, social development, aesthetic sensitivity, personal ethics and physical well-being; it seeks to cultivate the
transcendental dimension of the scholar’s personality.
Flexibility and openness to innovation will be the distinguishing feature of the University of Lethbridge.
Notwithstanding its intention to offer diverse subject matter contributing to the acquisition of professional skills, the University regards
learning as an end in itself, not merely as a means to material ends. Its primary aims are to foster the spirit of free inquiry and the critical
interpretation of ideas.
The undergraduate is, and should remain, the focus of the University’s endeavour. Students are invited to participate in all phases of
university life. The highest degree of interaction between students and faculty is encouraged, and should not be confined to the physical
limits of the campus.
It is desirable and necessary that the University should relate closely to the local community. Nevertheless, its outlook should not be
determined by any regional or sectional interest. Through exposures to cosmopolitan influences and diverse cultures, scholars are best
able to evaluate their own social and cultural milieux.
The University asserts its right and responsibility for free expression and communication of ideas. It is self-evident that a university cannot
function without complete autonomy in this domain.

OUR VISION
The University of Lethbridge strives to build the most vital and engaging learning environment in Canada, through superior teaching,
research, and creative achievement.

OUR FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES


PREAMBLE We are connected with the community. The University publicizes its
The University of Lethbridge operates under the guidance of the Board research, scholarship, creative activities, and other initiatives that have
of Governors, and is subject to the provisions of the Universities Act. significance for society. Members of the University contribute to the
The General Faculties Council and the councils of the faculties and community based on their professional expertise. To these ends, the
schools determine the University’s academic programs and priorities. University develops relationships with organizations and individuals, and
The University relies on a framework of policy and strategy, constructed shares its facilities and resources for the good of the community. We
through collegial processes, to set priorities and conduct operations acknowledge faculty, staff, students, and alumni for initiative and creativity
promptly and responsively. Administrative services are provided by a that leads to the increased involvement of the University in the
highly qualified professional staff. community.
The fundamental principles of the University of Lethbridge reflect its The University of Lethbridge values its close and mutually supportive
commitment to students; to society; to creativity, inquiry, and discovery; relationship with its alumni, who exemplify the benefits of the University
and to responsible action. and communicate its value locally, provincially, nationally, and globally.
We believe in diversity, and equal opportunity for participation. Diversity
THE PRINCIPLES strengthens the University and enriches the experience of our students,
Our Commitment to Society staff, and faculty members. We respect, appreciate, and encourage
We protect free inquiry and expression. In keeping with the unique mandate diversity, and provide equal opportunity for full participation in the
of the university in society, the University of Lethbridge supports and University. We are an inclusive community, in which students, staff, and
protects artistic expression and the free and open scholarly discussion faculty members feel welcome, respected, valued, and empowered to
of issues, including those that are controversial. We also have an contribute fully.
obligation to address long-term issues and those of broad scope. We are dedicated to removing barriers to full participation wherever possible.
We work for the public good. As a public institution, the University of The University facilitates accessibility by all students, staff, and faculty
Lethbridge promotes and provides degree-level education for the public members to the intellectual, physical, and social aspects of the institution.
good.As a university, we promote scholarship, research, and creativity at We believe in gender equity. The University of Lethbridge honours the
the highest level and quality, including research of particular relevance to rights of all and treats people with dignity and respect.We acknowledge
the region, and we share the benefits of that learning with the the similarities and differences among women and men, and seek to
community. The University bases its decisions about programs, remove all barriers that inhibit an individual’s aspirations and potential.
standards, and capacity on the best available evidence. Within that The University will create a supportive environment through education
context, we use innovative methods and processes to optimize the and communication. Equity is inclusive.
openness of the institution to qualified students.

6
We encourage and support the participation of First Nations peoples in all The University of Lethbridge invites students and faculty members from
aspects of the University community.The University of Lethbridge values its around the world to participate in learning at the University, and provides
relationship with First Nations peoples, and collaborates widely to international opportunities for our students and faculty members to
develop programs that are relevant and available to them.We work with experience other cultures.
First Nations peoples to ensure that these partnerships, and the resulting We give students the best preparation for their future. The University of
programs, continue to meet all students’ needs. Lethbridge provides students with a liberal education—a solid foundation
We are environmentally and socially responsible. When making decisions for personal and professional growth. Liberal education promotes the
about the design and operation of the University of Lethbridge, we act development of academic skills that students can apply to a wide range of
ethically and responsibly, considering environmental sustainability and experiences, and a broad base of knowledge in the human, aesthetic,
good citizenship. ethical, scientific and organizational disciplines. It encourages a multi-
Our Commitment to Students faceted, reflective approach to the complex challenges of the 21st
century.
We are student-centred. Students give focus and meaning to the University
of Lethbridge.The University helps students achieve their full potential by Our Commitment to Creativity, Inquiry, and Discovery
facilitating their intellectual growth and academic and personal We encourage and support research, scholarship, and creative work. The
excellence.To this end, the University maintains high academic standards University of Lethbridge stimulates and supports research, scholarship,
and excellent programs, supported by high-quality, responsive services. and creative work in all areas in which we teach, and in areas of special
The University of Lethbridge supports and encourages the growth of the relevance to the region and province. This link between research and
student as a whole person, in an atmosphere based on equality of teaching allows us to explore what is known, challenge how it is known,
treatment, freedom from discrimination, and responsible use of authority. and thus influence the nature of teaching. We value and protect an
We inspire. The University of Lethbridge aspires to inspirational teaching environment of free inquiry in which to conduct research, scholarship,
that ignites intellectual passion and stimulates a thirst for knowledge.We and creative work, and communicate the results of these activities with
value and support many approaches to teaching and learning, in a variety others. We encourage student involvement in research, scholarship, and
of settings within the University and in the broader community. creative activity.
We believe in excellence in undergraduate education. The University of We conduct basic and applied research in many forms. Research conducted
Lethbridge treasures its reputation for quality, responsiveness, and at the University of Lethbridge is both basic and applied. Basic research
innovation at the undergraduate level. We will continue to sustain and includes that with the broadest scope and longest term. The University
enhance our reputation as an outstanding undergraduate institution. has a responsibility to analyze and reflect on these matters, and to
Recognizing that our capacity is constrained by resources, we preserve communicate the outcome of these efforts.The University also concerns
our value for students and society by managing our size, and itself with applied research, particularly that which affects the well being
concentrating on fields that reflect the excellence of faculty members and of our community. Given the range of disciplines involved, research at the
the interests of students and society. University takes many forms.
We believe graduate programs are essential. Graduate programs, closely Our Commitment to Responsible Action
integrated with undergraduate and research programs, are fundamental We advance the interests of the University of Lethbridge. The University of
to the mission of the University of Lethbridge. Because graduate Lethbridge communicates with its internal and external communities so
programs are highly specialized in their focus and requirements, the that its mission, goals, and work are well understood. We engage our
University implements them selectively. Through them, we contribute to alumni and other supporters in the activities of the University. We build
the personal, intellectual, and professional development of individuals, and the value of the University to society by developing mutually supportive
help meet society’s need for citizens with the highest levels of relationships with governments, individuals, and organizations.
professional and intellectual achievement. In offering graduate programs, We are active and innovative in recruitment and retention. In developing a
the University uses creative approaches appropriate to the disciplines. coordinated institutional approach to the recruitment and retention of
We believe education is a journey, not a destination. A true measure of our excellent faculty members and staff, the University of Lethbridge pursues
success is our alumni’s continuing interest in a lifetime of learning, and new and innovative ideas, implements the most effective strategies, and
their commitment to this goal. Although the University of Lethbridge monitors their success.
focuses on degree programs, we offer courses for students who wish to We practice sound financial and resource management. The University of
pursue lifelong learning. We are open to alliances or partnerships to Lethbridge maintains exemplary financial management of our public and
provide quality programs that are approved and recommended by private funds, through the sound management of our budgeting and
professional associations and other organizations. planning processes, and the preservation of our human and physical
We promote face-to-face learning. Teaching at the University of Lethbridge assets. The University allocates resources efficiently and effectively,
takes place primarily on our Lethbridge campus and our satellite consistent with the institution’s principles and values.
campuses in Calgary and Edmonton, reflecting our belief that people learn We use technology effectively. The University of Lethbridge is a leader in the
best when they work together in the same place at the same time. We effective use of technology to support learning and research; to prepare
use information technology to supplement this form of instruction. The students, faculty members, and staff to work effectively in a highly
University delivers courses at a distance when appropriate for the technological environment; to manage the processes that support the
program and the students. delivery of programs and services; and to expand opportunities for
We expand horizons. A global perspective is essential to the University of individuals to learn, work creatively, and conduct research. We use
Lethbridge in its teaching, learning, and research.The University educates technology to facilitate and enhance, not supplant, learning relationships
its students to become well-rounded citizens of a complex society, among students, faculty members, and other university stakeholders.The
capable of making important contributions in Canada and elsewhere in University considers technology a means, not an end.
the world.

Approved by the General Faculties Council Approved by the Board of Governors


January 6, 2003 February 13, 2003 7
THE UNIVERSITY

The University of Lethbridge is a nondenominational, The School of Health Sciences offers instruction leading to the
coeducational university incorporated under the provisions of the NESA (Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta) Bachelor of
Universities Act of the Province of Alberta. It is a provincial university Nursing (B.N.) degree in collaboration with Lethbridge
with membership in the Association of Commonwealth Community College. Students may begin studies in the
Universities and the Association of Universities and Colleges of collaborative Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Counselling
Canada. The University of Lethbridge participates with the degree on the University of Lethbridge campus or at Medicine Hat
universities and other post-secondary institutions of Alberta in a College. Post-diploma degree programs in Nursing and Health
variety of co-operative programs and activities. Sciences, and a Certificate in Palliative Care are also available.
The University of Lethbridge was established in 1967 with a The Faculty of Management offers instruction leading to the
student population of 638. It has grown to a current population of Bachelor of Management (B.Mgt.) degree as well as certificate and
roughly 7,500 full-time and part-time students, both graduate and post-diploma programs. The Co-operative Education/Internship
undergraduate, with a campus overlooking the beautiful Oldman Program option is available for all Management majors.
River. Approximately 3,500 students are enrolled in Summer
Session. The University also offers programs in Calgary and The University offers instruction leading to the following
Edmonton, serving approximately 500 students in each location. Combined Degrees:
The University is situated on over 550 acres in west Lethbridge, a Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Education (B.A./B.Ed.)
sub-division in Alberta’s third largest city with a population of Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Education (B.Sc./B.Ed.)
approximately 73,000. Bachelor of Fine Arts (Art)/Bachelor of Education (B.F.A. -
The centre of a prosperous farming and ranching area, Lethbridge Art/B.Ed.)
is characterized by its many green areas and parks, and its abundant Bachelor of Fine Arts (Dramatic Arts)/Bachelor of Education
cultural and recreational facilities. It is located in southern Alberta, (B.F.A. - Dramatic Arts/B.Ed.)
approximately 145 kilometres (90 miles) east of the Canadian
Rockies and 95 kilometres (60 miles) north of the United States Bachelor of Music/Bachelor of Education (B.Mus./B.Ed.)
border. Bachelor of Management/Bachelor of Education (B.Mgt./B.Ed.)
University Hall, designed by architect Arthur Erickson, has received Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Management (B.A./B.Mgt.)
international acclaim for its architectural originality and functional Bachelor of Science/Bachelor of Management (B.Sc./B.Mgt.)
design.
Post-Diploma Combined Degrees programs are available in
Art, Dramatic Arts, Music and Management
PROGRAMS
The School of Graduate Studies offers instruction leading to the
The Faculty of Arts and Science offers instruction leading to the following degrees: Master of Arts (M.A.), Master of Science (M.Sc.),
following degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Science Master of Education, Master of Science (M.Sc. - Management) and,
(B.Sc.) and Bachelor of Arts and Sciences (BASc.). The Co- in limited research areas, Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.).
operative Education/Internship Program option is available for all
majors.The Faculty also offers a Post-Diploma Bachelor of Arts in The University also offers programs for transfer to professional
Agricultural Studies, as well as Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science faculties at other universities in Dentistry, Engineering, Journalism,
degrees in Agricultural Studies, Computer Science, Environmental Law, Medicine, Nutrition and Food Sciences, Optometry, Social
Science, and Geograph, with a Concentration in Geographical Work and Veterinary Medicine.
Information Science. A four-year Bachelor of Social Work (B.S.W.) is offered by The
The Faculty of Education offers instruction leading to the Bachelor University of Calgary, in cooperation with the University of
of Education (B.Ed.) degree.The Faculty also offers the Diploma in Lethbridge, on the Lethbridge campus.
Education (D.P.E.) program for certified practicing educators. The University has earned a reputation for the quality and extent
The Faculty of Fine Arts offers instruction leading to the following of its programs of research, scholarship and creative activity. Its
degrees: Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A. - Art), Bachelor of Fine Arts research mandate extends over all of the areas in which it offers
(B.F.A. - Dramatic Arts), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A. - instruction. Many individual professors have won national and
Multidisciplinary), Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A. - New Media, international recognition for their contributions. Among its peers,
formerly Multimedia) and Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.), as well as a the University has won special recognition for its contributions in
number of post-diploma programs leading to these degrees. the sciences.

8
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE PRINCIPLES OF
STUDENT CITIZENSHIP
A. PREAMBLE 4. Students respect the health, safety, and welfare of every
member of the University of Lethbridge community.
Definition
5. Students respect and uphold the rights and freedoms of
Student means any person, including a faculty or staff member, all members of the University of Lethbridge community,
who is: in accord with the principles articulated in the Canadian
a) Registered or enrolled in one or more credit and non- Charter of Rights and Freedoms.
credit courses and programs at the University of 6. Students treat with consideration the buildings, grounds,
Lethbridge for the current or a future term; or facilities, and equipment of the University of Lethbridge.
b) Registered or enrolled in any University-sponsored
7. Students strive to maintain collegial relationships with
program.
fellow students, peers, faculty, staff, and administration.
Purpose & Scope 8. Students abide by the policies, regulations, rules, and
These Principles of Student Citizenship define the University procedures of the University of Lethbridge and its
of Lethbridge’s expectations for the behaviour for its academic and administrative units.
students. It does not define academic and non-academic 9. Students abide by reasonable oral or written instructions
offences, disciplinary procedures and actions, or appeals and given by University of Lethbridge personnel in the
complaints procedures; these are defined in the UofL implementation of their duties to ensure compliance
Calendar. with institutional policies, regulations, rules, and
procedures.
Application
10. All students accept the responsibility to abide by the
The Principles of Student Citizenship apply to all students at
University of Lethbridge Principles of Student
the University of Lethbridge. They outline the behaviour that
Citizenship.
the University of Lethbridge expects of its students while they
are on University premises, on professional practice C. IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PRINCIPLES
assignment, on paid and volunteer placements, or off-campus 1. The Principles of Student Citizenship came into effect
for academic or University purposes. when approved by the General Faculties Council.
Philosophy Behind the Principles 2. The Associate Vice President (Student Services) is
The educational environment at the University of Lethbridge responsible for establishing processes to monitor the
encourages intellectual exchange, creativity, originality, and effectiveness of the Principles of Student Citizenship in
discovery. It also emphasizes free inquiry and expression, influencing student behaviour.
diversity, equality, and equal opportunity for participation.The
Principles of Student Citizenship are designed to support and D. AMENDMENT OF THE PRINCIPLES
protect this educational environment by defining students’ 1. Proposed changes to the Principles of Student
responsibilities as members of the academic community. Citizenship can be forwarded by students, faculty, staff, or
These principles operate within the framework provided by senior administrators of the University of Lethbridge to
the institution’s Statement of Philosophy, Vision, Mission, and the Executive Committee of the General Faculties
Fundamental Principles. Council.
The University of Lethbridge has a tradition of academic 2. The Executive Committee of the General Faculties
integrity and personal civility. The Principles of Student Council sends proposed changes to the Associate Vice
Citizenship aim to promote and continue this tradition. President (Student Services) and the General Assembly
of the Students Union, which provides its feedback to the
B. FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF STUDENT Associate Vice President (Student Services).
CITIZENSHIP 3. The Associate Vice President (Student Services)
1. Students honour the following basic values of academic considers all student feedback on the proposed changes
integrity: and forwards recommendations to the Executive
a) Honesty in learning, teaching, research, and service. Committee of the General Faculties Council. On behalf
b) Respect of a wide range of thoughts, opinions and of the General Faculties Council, the Executive
ideas; of colleagues, instructors, and administration; Committee may approve minor editorial changes.
and of the work of others. 4. Proposals for substantive changes to the Principles of
c) Responsibility for upholding the integrity of Student Citizenship must be published in the Meliorist
scholarship and research. and on the University of Lethbridge website at least 10
2. Students conduct themselves in a manner consistent days before they are considered for approval by the
with the Fundamental Principles of the University of General Faculties Council.
Lethbridge. 5. The proposed changes come into effect immediately
3. Students respect the rights of every student and faculty upon approval by the General Faculties Council.
member to attain their educational goals fairly.

9
NOTICES TO STUDENTS
Regarding the Collection of Personal Data

THE COLLECTION OF PERSONAL INFORMATION For further information about the Official Student Record,
The University of Lethbridge handles personal information please contact the Associate Vice-President (Student Services)
collected from or about students according to the and Registrar:
Confidentiality of Student Records Policy approved by the Board 403-329-2233 lavers@uleth.ca
of Governors and General Faculties Council. The policy was
developed to ensure that sensitive information required to FACULTY/SCHOOL RECORDS
The University’s Faculties and Schools collect personal
operate the University’s programs and activities is used only for
information about students.This information includes class lists
those purposes.
including pictures, records of a student’s attendance at class,
The University collects only that personal information which is completion of assignments, marks received for assignments and
necessary to fulfill the University Mandate (p. 5), and that which examinations, correspondence to and from the student, honours
the University is required to collect by federal or provincial law. received by the student, contact addresses or telephone
The subsections which follow outline personal information numbers, student advising information and graduation status.
collected by the University. In general terms, this information is The information is used to identify the student, to track the
used for the operation of the University’s programs and student’s progress, to contact the student as necessary, to
activities.Where there is a specific legal requirement to collect operate the programs of the Faculty or School, to provide
information, it is noted in the subsection. Personal information advice to the student as requested and to permit participation
about students may be used for reporting to the federal and in the programs offered by the Faculty or School.
provincial governments as required by law, or for compiling For further information about personal information collected by
statistical reports. Personal information included in statistical the Faculties and Schools, please contact the Office of the Dean:
reports is reported in a non-identifying format and is used for Arts and Science 403-329-5101 m.gibboney@uleth.ca
public information and for reporting to government and other Education 403-329-2255 jane.odea@uleth.ca
agencies.
Fine Arts 403-329-2126 skinner@uleth.ca
If you have general questions about the collection of personal
Health Sciences 403-329-2463 lynn.basford@uleth.ca
information about students, please contact the Office of the
President, University of Lethbridge (tel. 403-329-2201 or email: Management 403-329-2633 tammy.rogness@uleth.ca
zaugg@uleth.ca). The mailing address for all contacts listed is Graduate Studies 403-329-2121 alam@uleth.ca
4401 University Drive, Lethbridge,Alberta T1K 3M4.
LIBRARY
The University’s practices, including this Notice, comply with the
The Library collects the personal information about students
provisions of Alberta’s Freedom of Information and Protection of that is necessary to operate the lending activities and reference
Privacy Act. services of the University Library.
The Official Student Record For further information about personal information collected by
The Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and Registrar of the Library, please contact the University Librarian:
the University maintains the Official Student Record. It includes: 403-329-2261 marinus.swanepoel@uleth.ca
information provided when an Application for Admission is
submitted or when registration for and change to programs and SCHOLARSHIPS AND STUDENT FINANCE
courses are submitted; the student identification number; The Scholarships and Student Finance Office collects specific
academic record; graduation status; immigration status personal information from and about students who have applied
(collection is specifically authorized by the Immigration Act); for scholarships, bursaries, awards and other financial aid. The
information collected is determined by the donors of the
correspondence. It is used to determine a student’s eligibility for
awards and relates to specific eligibility requirements set by the
admission, to track progress at the University, to contact the
donors.The University also administers student loan programs
student when necessary, to confirm a student’s status and under contracts with the Alberta Students Finance Board.
identity, to develop statistical reports (although the information Personal information collected from and about students who
in statistical reports is grouped to protect individual privacy of apply for Alberta and Canada Student Loans are authorized by
individuals). the Alberta Students Finance Act and related regulations, and by
Some personal information in the Official Student Record is the Canada Student Loans Act, the Canada Student Financial
available to and used by other units of the University in order to Assistance Act and the Income Tax Act.
meet the University’s Mandate. However, access to the Official The information collected by the Scholarships and Student
Student Record is limited in accordance with the University’s Finance Office is used to administer the awards programs of the
Confidentiality of Student Records Policy. University, and the loan programs of the provincial and federal
When a student is eligible, certain elements from the Official governments.
Student Record are used in the Alumni and Development For further information about personal information collected by
Record.These are name, address, faculty and graduation status. the Scholarships and Student Finance Office, please contact the
They are used for ongoing contact with alumni and for the Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and Registrar:
University’s development activities. 403-329-2233 lavers@uleth.ca
10
STUDENT HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICES SPORT AND RECREATION SERVICES
The Housing and Catering and Food Services Offices collect Sport and Recreation Services collects personal information
personal information necessary to operate student housing and about students necessary to operate intramural programs, to
food services programs, including the assignment to housing offer recreational classes and to offer drop-in programs. The
units, financial records related to payment for housing and food information is used to determine eligibility to participate in
services. the programs and to assess and collect fees where applicable.
For further information about personal information collected by For further information about personal information collected
Housing and Catering and Food Services, please contact the by Sport and Recreation Services, please contact the Manager,
Manager, Hospitality Services: Athletics:
403-327-2213 mirau@uleth.ca 403-329-2380 slavin@uleth.ca
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INTERCOLLEGIATE AND CLUB ATHLETICS
The University offers email services and computer access to The University intercollegiate athletic teams collect the personal
students.The primary purposes of the service are to enable the information necessary for student athletes to participate in
students to contact one another and their faculty members, to Canadian Interuniversity Sport (CIS) programs at both regional
participate in online research and discussions, and to allow and national levels. University Club teams collect personal
assignments to be completed. Information Technology collects
information necessary for student athletes to participate in
personal information about students in order to assign access to
competitive sports outside CIS programs at local, regional and
the University servers, to monitor the use of University
national levels.
equipment in accordance with agreements signed by students to
obtain access, and to obtain assistance with the use of University The information is used to determine eligibility and fitness for
equipment. teams or competitions, and to operate the teams.
For further information about personal information collected by For further information about personal information collected by
the Department of Information Technology, please contact the athletic teams, please contact the Manager, Athletics:
Director, Information Technology: 403-329-2380 slavin@uleth.ca
403-329-2718 calvin.barnes@uleth.ca
SECURITY AND PARKING
FINANCIAL SERVICES Security and Parking collects personal information about
University Financial Services collects personal information about students in the reporting and investigation of security matters at
students in order to ensure debts owed to the University are the University, and for the operation of the University’s parking
recorded and collected. services.
The information is used to determine eligibility to participate in For further information about personal information collected by
University programs and activities, including ongoing registration Campus Security, please contact the Superintendent, Security:
for academic programs, graduation, Library Services, Housing
and Catering and Food Services programs, Students’ Union 403-329-2603 josesr@uleth.ca
programs, Recreation Services programs, and Health Centre
programs. UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE STUDENTS AND THE
ALBERTA WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD
For further information about personal information collected by
Financial Services, please contact the Director, Financial Services: In 1985, the Alberta Workers’ Compensation Board issued an
403-329-2107 armstrong@uleth.ca Order under Section 7 of the Workers’ Compensation Regulation
which provides that the Workers’ Compensation Act applies to
HEALTH CENTRE
students registered in and attending the University of Lethbridge
The Health Centre collects personal information that is
(and other post-secondary institutions in Alberta) while they are
necessary to operate clinical health services and to manage
in attendance. The Workers’ Compensation Board coverage
health care for students and University employees who visit the
does not extend to students who suffer accidents while
Health Centre. In addition to information collected under the
engaging or participating in extra-curricular sporting,
general authority, the Alberta Health Care Insurance Act authorizes
the collection of the individual’s Alberta Health Care Insurance recreational, social or personal fulfillment activities which are
number or its equivalent for billing purposes. Collection of not a current academic requisite or which are not required as a
personal information by health practitioners and confidentiality part of the course of study in which the student is registered.
of clinical records are also subject to the provisions of the Workers’ Compensation Board coverage means students are
Alberta Health Disciplines Act, Health Facilities Review Act, and treated as employees when injured in an incident related to the
Medical Professions Act and will be subject to the provisions of the course of studies.
Health Information Act upon its implementation. The University’s Occupational Health and Safety Officer is
For further information about personal information collected by available to assist the student if a Workers’ Compensation claim
Health Services, please contact the Director, Human Resources: is required.
403-329-2276 don.macdonald@uleth.ca 403-329-2190 caffrg@uleth.ca

11
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE
Instructional Time per Semester Course: 1950 minutes, with deviations permissible up to 100 minutes either way.
Fall and Spring Semesters will have the following number of classes:
• 39 Monday,Wednesday, and Friday classes
• 26 Tuesday and Thursday classes
• 13 (three-hour classes) Monday,Tuesday,Wednesday,Thursday, Friday, or Saturday
Summer Session courses will have the same instructional time as Fall and Spring courses.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
JANUARY 2005 M.Sc. (Management) Program for the Fall 2005 Semester.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
1 Ph.D. Program for Summer Session 2005.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Ph.D. program for the Fall 2005 Semester (first round of
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 applications).
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Deadline for Application for Admission to the NESA Bachelor of
30 31 Nursing Program for the Fall 2005 Semester.
Deadline for Application for Admission to pre-professional
3 Holiday - University offices closed. programs for the Fall 2005 Semester
5 New Student Welcome.
17 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
5-12 If available, registration for Unclassified and Visiting Students for
the Spring 2005 Semester. withdrawal, for the Spring 2005 Semester.
6 First day of classes for the Spring 2005 Semester. 18 First day of registration for continuing students, including M.Ed.
Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500. students, for Summer Session 2005 and the Fall 2005 Semester.
Orientation meeting for Professional Semester II students in the 25 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
Faculty of Education.
28 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
6, 10-12 Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) open extended
hours (until 6:30 p.m.).
12 Last day for course add/drop and registration for the Spring 2005
APRIL 2005
Semester, including Independent Study and Undergraduate Thesis SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
courses. 1 2
13-14 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations to the 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Registration for Audit Students.
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
FEBRUARY 2005 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1 2 3 4 5 1 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts for Spring
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Convocation.
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 7 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes.
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses offered in the last
27 28 half of the semester only.
15 Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
1 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Visiting Studies in Summer Session 2005.
M.Ed. Program for Summer Session 2005 18 Last day of classes for the Spring 2005 Semester. (The last class
7 Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses meeting for professional semester students varies according to
completed in the Fall 2004 Semester to the Faculty/School Office.
required hours in the practicum.)
8 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, offered in the
first half of the semester only. Last day for application to the Faculty/School Advising Office for
15 Deadline for submission of Student Program Change Forms Withdrawal with Cause for the Spring 2005 Semester.
(Degree, Major, Specialization, Minor, Concentration) to the Last day for submission of Application for Placement Form to the
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). Field Experience Office for Professional Semester III students
21 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
intending to complete requirements in the Fall 2005 Semester.
21-26 Reading Week - no classes.
19 If available, first day of registration for Unclassified and Visiting
MARCH 2005 Students for Summer Session 2005.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 21 Spring Semester final examinations begin.
1 2 3 4 5 29 Spring Semester final examinations end.
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 30 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation.
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Deadline for Withdrawal of Application for Graduation for Spring
27 28 29 30 31 Convocation.
Last day of the 2004-2005 academic year.
1 Deadline for Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
M.A. or M.Sc. Program for Summer Session 2005.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
M.A. or M.Sc. program for the Fall 2005 Semester (first round of
applications).
When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

12
2005-2006 ACADEMIC YEAR JULY 2005
MAY 2005 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
29 30 31 31

1 First day of the 2005-2006 academic year. 1 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
Deadline for Application for Admission to the Post-Diploma
Deadline for Application for Admission for the Fall 2005 Semester
Bachelor of Nursing Program for the Fall 2005 Semester.
for new students and for those seeking re-admission after an
4 First day of classes for Summer Session II and Summer Session
absence of one or more semesters. Some programs have II/III.
different deadlines which are otherwise indicated. 6 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session II and
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Summer Session II/III, for all students.
M.A. or M.Sc. program for the Fall 2005 Semester (second round 7 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session II and
of applications). Summer Session II/III.
Deadline for applications and submission of documentation to the 7-8 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer
Session II and Summer Session II/III to the Registrar's Office and
Ph.D. program for the Fall 2005 Semester (second round of
Student Services (ROSS).
applications). 13 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
Deadline for off-shore International Students to apply for the Fall withdrawal, for full-term Summer Session courses (May 2005 -
2005 Semester. August 2005).
Last day for Continuing Students to register for Fall 2005 and be 15 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
guaranteed access to courses required in their Major and/or withdrawal, for Summer Session II.
Program. 22 Last day for registration for newly admitted Professional Semester I
Faculty of Education students, new Faculty of Fine Arts, Faculty of
9 First day of classes for Summer Session I.
Management and School of Health Sciences students for the Fall
First day of classes for Summer Session, Full Term (e.g. Co-
2005 Semester.
operative Education Work Terms and Applied Studies) Last day for registration for maintaining admission status for
Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500. continuing students for the Fall 2005 Semester.
11 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session I, for all Last day of classes for Summer Session II.
students. 23 Summer Session II final examinations.
12 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session I. 26 First day of classes for Summer Session III.
12-13 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer 27 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session III for all
students.
Session I to the Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
28 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session III.
15 Deadline for application and submission of documents for 28-29 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer
Campus Alberta Master of Counselling Program. Session III to the Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
23 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
AUGUST 2005
JUNE 2005 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
1 Civic Holiday - University offices closed.
1 Deadline for continuing students to apply for admission for the Deadline for Application for Graduation for Fall Convocation.
Fall 2005 Semester. Some programs have different deadlines which Last day for submission of Studio Course applications to the
Department of Music for the Fall 2005 Semester (See Part 9,
are otherwise indicated.
Section 6.e.3., p. 173 for details).
1-3 Spring Convocation.
2 Last day for withdrawal from Summer Session II/III courses.
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) closed until 9 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
11:00 a.m. withdrawal, for Summer Session III.
7 Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses 15 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts for Fall Convocation.
completed in the Spring 2005 Semester to the Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
Faculty/School Office. Visiting Studies in the Fall 2005 Semester.
8 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete 16 Last day of classes for Summer Session III.
17 Last day of classes for Summer Session II/III.
withdrawal, for Summer Session I.
Summer Session III final examinations.
22 Last day of classes for Summer Session I. 18 Summer Session II/III final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday
23 Summer Session I final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday classes. classes.
27 Summer Session I final examinations for Monday-Wednesday 22 Summer Session II/III final examinations for Monday-Wednesday
classes. classes.

When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

13
29 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
Application for Graduation for students completing program NOVEMBER 2005
requirements in Summer Session who wish to have this recorded SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
on their transcript. 1 2 3 4 5
Deadline for Withdrawal of Application for Graduation for Fall 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Convocation. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
If available, first day of registration for Unclassified and Visiting 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Students for the Fall 2005 Semester. 27 28 29 30
SEPTEMBER 2005
1 Deadline for Application for Graduation for students completing
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
program requirements in the Fall Semester who wish to have this
1 2 3
recorded on their transcript. Students who do not apply by this
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 deadline must apply by the final deadline of March 1 for Spring
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Convocation.
25 26 27 28 29 30 10 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
withdrawal for the Fall 2005 Semester, except half semester
1 Deadline for off-shore International Students to apply for the courses.
Spring 2006 Semester.
11 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
5 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
14 First day of registration for continuing students, including M.Ed.
6 New Student Orientation.
Orientation meeting and classes for Professional Semester I students, for the Spring 2006 Semester.
students in the Faculty of Education. 30 Last class meeting for Wednesday night classes.
7 First day of classes for the Fall 2005 Semester, including evening
classes, on and off campus. DECEMBER 2005
Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500. SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
7-8, 12-13 Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) open extended 1 2 3
hours (until 6:30 p.m.). 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
13 Last day for course add/drop and registration for the Fall 2005 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Semester, including Independent Study and Undergraduate Thesis 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
courses. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
14-15 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations to the
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). 1 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses offered in the last
Registration for Audit Students.
half of the semester only.
OCTOBER 2005 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts in support of
1 Application for Graduation for students completing program
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 requirements in the Fall Semester who wish to have this recorded
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 on their transcript.
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Deadline for Application for Admission to the Post-Diploma
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Bachelor of Nursing Program for the Spring 2006 Semester.
30 31 Last day for submission of Studio Course applications to the
Department of Music for the Spring 2006 Semester (see Part 9,
1 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
M.A. or M.Sc. Program for the Spring 2006 Semester. Section 6.e.3., p. 173 for details).
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the 7 Additional and last class meeting for Monday night classes.
M.Ed. Program for the Spring 2006 Semester. 9 Last day of classes for the Fall 2005 Semester. (The last class
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the meeting for professional semester students varies according to
Ph.D. Program for the Spring 2006 Semester. required hours in the practicum.)
7 Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses
Last day for application to the Faculty/School Advising Office for
completed in Summer Session 2005 to the Faculty/School Office.
Withdrawal with Cause for the Fall 2005 Semester.
10 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
11 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, offered in the 12 Fall Semester final examinations begin.
first half of the semester only. 15 Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
15 Deadline for submission of Student Program Change Forms Visiting Studies in the Spring 2006 Semester.
(Degree, Major, Specialization, Minor, Concentration) to the 20 Fall Semester final examinations end.
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
23 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
Fall Convocation.
Application for Graduation for students completing program
Deadline for Application for Admission for the Spring 2006
Semester for new students, students seeking re-admission after an requirements in the Fall semester who wish to have this recorded
absence of one or more semesters, and continuing students. Some on their transcript.
programs have different deadlines which are otherwise indicated. 25-30 Holidays - University offices closed.

When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

14
16 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
JANUARY 2006 withdrawal, for the Spring 2006 Semester.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 17 First day of registration for continuing students, including M.Ed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 students, for Summer Session 2006 and the Fall 2006 Semester.
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 APRIL 2006
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
29 30 31 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 Holiday - University offices closed.
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
4 New Student Welcome.
4-11 If available, registration for Unclassified and Visiting Students for 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
the Spring 2006 Semester. 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
5 First day of classes for the Spring 2006 Semester. 30
Orientation meeting for Professional Semester II students in the
Faculty of Education. 1 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts for Spring
Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500. Convocation.
5, 9-11 Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) open extended 3 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses offered in the last
hours (until 6:30 p.m.). half of the semester only.
11 Last day for course add/drop and registration for the Spring 2006 12 Last day of classes for the Spring 2006 Semester. (The last class
Semester, including Independent Study and Undergraduate Thesis meeting for professional semester students varies according to
courses. required hours in the practicum.)
12-13 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations to the Last day for application to the Faculty/School Advising Office for
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). Withdrawal with Cause for the Spring 2006 Semester.
Registration for Audit Students. Last day for submission of Application for Placement Form to the
Field Experience Office for Professional Semester III students
FEBRUARY 2006 intending to complete requirements in the Fall 2006 Semester.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 14 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
15 Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
1 2 3 4 Visiting Studies in Summer Session 2006.
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 17 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 Spring Semester final examinations begin.
If available, first day of registration for Unclassified and Visiting
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Students for Summer Session 2006.
26 27 28 26 Spring Semester final examinations end.
30 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
1 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation.
M.Ed. Program for Summer Session 2006 Deadline for Withdrawal of Application for Graduation for Spring
Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, offered in the Convocation.
first half of the semester only. Last day of the 2005-2006 academic year.
Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses
completed in the Fall 2005 Semester to theFaculty/School Office. 2006-2007 ACADEMIC YEAR
15 Deadline for submission of Student Program Change Forms
(Degree, Major, Specialization, Minor, Concentration) to the MAY 2006
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
20 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 1 2 3 4 5 6
20-25 Reading Week - no classes. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
MARCH 2006 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 2 3 4 28 29 30 31
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 First day of the 2006-2007 academic year.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Deadline for Application for Admission for the Fall 2006 Semester
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 for new students and for those seeking re-admission after an
26 27 28 29 30 31 absence for one or more semesters. Some programs have
different deadlines which are otherwise indicated.
1 Deadline for Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation. Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the M.A. or M.Sc. Program for the Fall 2006 Semester (Second round
M.A. or M.Sc. Program for Summer Session 2006. of applications).
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
M.A. or M.Sc. program for the Fall 2006 Semester (first round of Ph.D Program for the Fall 2006 Semester (Second round of
applications). applications).
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Deadline for off-shore International Students to apply for the Fall
M.Sc. (Management) Program for the Fall 2006 Semester. 2006 Semester.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Last day for Continuing Students to register for Fall 2006 and be
Ph.D. Program for Summer Session 2006. guaranteed access to courses required in their major and/or
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the program.
Ph.D. program for the Fall 2006 Semester (first round of 8 First day of classes for Summer Session I.
applications). First day of classes for Summer Session, Full Term (e.g. Co-operative
Deadline for Application for Admission to the NESA Bachelor of Education Work Terms and Applied Studies).
Nursing Program for the Fall 2006 Semester. Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500.
When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

15
10 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session I, for all 28 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session III for all
students. students.
11 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session I. 31 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session III.
11-12 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for
Session I to the Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). Summer Session III to the Registrar's Office and Student Services
15 Deadline for Application and submission of documents for (ROSS).
Campus Alberta Master of Counselling Program.
22 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. AUGUST 2006
31 Spring Convocation. SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Registrar's Office closed until 11:00 a.m. 1 2 3 4 5
JUNE 2006 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
1 2 3 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 27 28 29 30 31
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Session III to the Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
25 26 27 28 29 30 Deadline for Application for Graduation for Fall Convocation.
Last day for submission of Studio Course applications to the
1 Deadline for continuing students to apply for admission for the Department of Music for the Fall 2006 Semester (See Part 9,
Fall 2006 Semester. Some programs have different deadlines which Section 6.e.3., p. 173 for details).
are otherwise indicated. 2 Last day for withdrawal from Summer Session II/III courses.
1-2 Spring Convocation. 7 Civic Holiday - University offices closed.
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) closed until 10 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
11:00 a.m. withdrawal, for Summer Session III.
7 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete 15 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts for Fall Convocation.
withdrawal, for Summer Session I. Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses Visiting Studies in the Fall 2006 Semester.
completed in the Spring 2006 Semester to the Faculty/School Last day of classes for Summer Session II/III Tuesday-Thursday
Office. classes.
21 Last day of classes for Summer Session I. 17 Last day of classes for Summer Session III.
22 Summer Session I final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday classes. Summer Session II/III final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday
26 Summer Session I final examinations for Monday-Wednesday classes.
classes. 18 Summer Session III final examinations.
21 Last day of classes for Summer Session II/III Monday-Wednesday
JULY 2006 classes.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 23 Summer Session II/III final examinations for Monday-Wednesday
1 classes.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 28 If available, first day of registration for Unclassified and Visiting
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Students for the Fall 2006 Semester.
Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Application for Graduation for students completing program
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 requirements in Summer Session who wish to have this recorded
30 31 on their transcript.
Deadline for Withdrawal of Application for Graduation for Fall
1 Deadline for Application for Admission to the Post-Diploma Convocation.
Bachelor of Nursing Program for the Fall 2006 Semester.
3 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. SEPTEMBER 2006
4 First day of classes for Summer Session II and Summer Session SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
II/III. 1 2
6 Last day to register and add/drop for Summer Session II and II/III, 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
for all students.
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7 Registration for Audit Students for Summer Session II and II/III.
7-10 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations for Summer 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Session II and II/III to the Registrar's Office and Student Services 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
(ROSS).
12 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete 1 Deadline for off-shore International Students to apply for the
withdrawal, for full-term Summer Session courses (May 2006 - Spring 2007 Semester.
August 2006). 4 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
17 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete 5 New Student Orientation.
withdrawal, for Summer Session II. Orientation meeting and classes for Professional Semester I
21 Last day for registration for newly admitted Professional Semester I students in the Faculty of Education.
Faculty of Education students, new Faculty of Fine Arts, Faculty of Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500.
Management and School of Health Sciences students for the Fall 6 First day of classes for the Fall 2006 Semester, including evening
2006 Semester. classes, on and off campus.
Last day for registration for maintaining admission status for 6-7, 11-12 Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) open extended
continuing students for the Fall 2006 Semester. hours (until 6:30 p.m.).
24 Last day of classes for Summer Session II. 12 Last day for course add/drop and registration for the Fall 2006
25 Summer Session II final examinations. Semester, including Independent Study and Undergraduate Thesis
27 First day of classes for Summer Session III. courses.
When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

16
13-14 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations to the Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts in support of
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). Application for Graduation for students completing program
Registration for Audit Students. requirements in the Fall Semester who wish to have this recorded
on their transcript.
OCTOBER 2006 Deadline for Application for Admission to the Post-Diploma
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT Bachelor of Nursing Program for the Spring 2007 Semester.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Last day for submission of Studio Course applications to the
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Department of Music for the Spring 2007 Semester (see Part
9, Section 5.e.3., p. 173 for details).
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 6, 7 Additional and last two class meetings for Monday night classes.
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 9 Last day of classes for the Fall 2006 Semester. (The last class
29 30 31 meeting for professional semester students varies according to
required hours in the practicum.)
1 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the 11 Last day for application to the Faculty/School Advising Office for
M.A. or M.Sc. Program for the Spring 2007 Semester. Withdrawal with Cause for the Fall 2006 Semester.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the 12 Fall Semester final examinations begin.
M.Ed. Program for the Spring 2007 Semester. 15 Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the Visiting Studies in the Spring 2007 Semester.
Ph.D. Program for the Spring 2007 Semester. 20 Fall Semester final examinations end.
7 Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses 22 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of
completed in Summer Session 2006 to the Faculty/School Office. Application for Graduation for students completing progr
9 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. requirements in the Fall semester who wish to have this recorded
10 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, offered in the on their transcript.
first half of the semester only. 25-29 Holidays - University offices closed.
14 Fall Convocation.
15 Deadline for submission of Student Program Change Forms
JANUARY 2007
(Degree, Major, Specialization, Minor, Concentration) to the SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS). 1 2 3 4 5 6
Deadline for Application for Admission for the Spring 2007 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Semester for new students, students seeking re-admission after an 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
absence of one or more semesters, and continuing students. Some
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
programs have different deadlines which are otherwise indicated.
28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 2006
1 Holiday - University offices closed.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
3 New Student Welcome.
1 2 3 4 3-10 If available, registration for Unclassified and Visiting Students for
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 the Spring 2007 Semester.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 First day of classes for the Spring 2007 Semester.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Orientation meeting for Professional Semester II students in the
26 27 28 29 30 Faculty of Education.
Orientation meeting for students registered in Education 2500.
4, 8-10 Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS) open extended
1 Deadline for Application for Graduation for students completing
hours (until 6:30 p.m.).
program requirements in the Fall Semester who wish to have this
10 Last day for course add/drop and registration for the Spring 2007
recorded on their transcript. Students who do not apply by this
Semester, including Independent Study and Undergraduate Thesis
deadline must apply by the final deadline of March 1 for Spring
courses.
Convocation.
11-12 Submission of Credit/Non-Credit course designations to the
9 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
withdrawal for the Fall 2006 Semester, except half semester
Registration for Audit Students.
courses.
10 First day of registration for continuing students, including M.Ed. FEBRUARY 2007
students, for the Spring 2007 Semester.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
11 Remembrance Day - No classes.
13 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 1 2 3
29 Last class meeting for Wednesday night classes. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
30 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
DECEMBER 2006
25 26 27 28
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1 2 1 Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 M.Ed. Progr for Summer Session 2007
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, offered in the
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 first half of the semester only.
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 7 Deadline for submission of Grade Appeal Forms for courses
completed in the Fall 2006 Semester to the Faculty/School Office.
31 15 Deadline for submission of Student Progr Change Forms
(Degree, Major, Specialization, Minor, Concentration) to the
1 Last class meeting for Friday night classes. Registrar's Office and Student Services (ROSS).
Last day for withdrawal from individual courses offered in the last 19 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
half of the semester only. 19-24 Reading Week - no classes.
When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

17
MARCH 2007
2007-2008 ACADEMIC YEAR
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT MAY 2007
1 2 3 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
1 Deadline for Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the 1 First day of the 2007-2008 academic year.
M.A. or M.Sc. Progr for Summer Session 2007. 7 First day of classes for Summer Session I.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the First day of classes for Summer Session, Full Term (e.g. Co-operative
M.A. or M.Sc. progr for the Fall 2007 Semester (first round of Education Work Terms and Applied Studies).
applications). 21 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the 30-31 Spring Convocation
M.Sc. (Management) Progr for the Fall 2007 Semester.
JUNE 2007
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Ph.D. Progr for Summer Session 2007.
1 2
Deadline for application and submission of documentation to the
Ph.D. progr for the Fall 2007 Semester (first round of
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
applications).
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Deadline for Application for Admission to the NESA Bachelor of 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Nursing Program for the Fall 2007 Semester. 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
15 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses, or complete
1 Spring Convocation.
withdrawal, for the Spring 2007 Semester.
20 Last day of classes for Summer Session I.
16 First day of registration for continuing students, including M.Ed.
21 Summer Session I final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday classes.
students, for Summer Session 2007 and the Fall 2007 Semester. 25 Summer Session I final examinations for Monday-Wednesday
classes.
APRIL 2007
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT JULY 2007
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 5 16 17 18 19 20 21
29 30 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
1 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts for Spring
Convocation. 2 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
3 Last day for withdrawal from individual courses offered in the last 3 First day of classes for Summer Session II and Summer Session
half of the semester only. II/III.
5 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes. 23 Last day of classes for Summer Session II.
6 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 24 Summer Session II final examinations.
9 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 26 First day of classes for Summer Session III.
15 Deadline for Application for Visiting Student Authorization for
Visiting Studies in Summer Session 2007. AUGUST 2007
16 Last day of classes for the Spring 2007 Semester. (The last class SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
meeting for professional semester students varies according to 1 2 3 4
required hours in the practicum.) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Last day for application to the Faculty/School Advising Office for 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Withdrawal with Cause for the Spring 2007 Semester. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Last day for submission of Application for Placement Form to the
26 27 28 29 30 31
Field Experience Office for Professional Semester III students
intending to complete requirements in the Fall 2007 Semester. 6 Civic Holiday - University offices closed.
17 If available, first day of registration for Unclassified and Visiting 14 Last day of classes for Summer Session II/III Tuesday-Thursday
Students for Summer Session 2007. classes.
19 Spring Semester final examinations begin. 16 Last day of classes for Summer Session III.
27 Spring Semester final examinations end. Summer Session II/III final examinations for Tuesday-Thursday
30 Deadline for receipt of outstanding documents in support of classes.
Application for Graduation for Spring Convocation. 17 Summer Session III final examinations.
Deadline for Withdrawal of Application for Graduation for Spring 20 Last day of classes for Summer Session II/III Monday-Wednesday
Convocation. classes.
Last day of the 2006-2007 academic year. 22 Summer Session II/III final examinations for Monday-Wednesday
classes.
When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

18
SEPTEMBER 2007 FEBRUARY 2008
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1 1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
18 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
3 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 18-23 Reading Week - no classes.
5 First day of classes for the Fall 2007 Semester, including evening
classes, on and off campus. MARCH 2008
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
OCTOBER 2007 1
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31
28 29 30 31
21 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
8 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 24 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed.
13 Fall Convocation.
\ APRIL 2008
NOVEMBER 2007 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30
3 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes.
12 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 14 Last day of classes for the Spring 2008 Semester.
28 Last class meeting for Wednesday night classes. 17 Spring Semester final examinations begin.
29 Last class meeting for Thursday night classes. 25 Spring Semester final examinations end.
30 Last class meeting for Friday night classes. 30 Last day of the 2007-2008 academic year.

DECEMBER 2007
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31

5, 6 Additional and last two class meetings for Monday night classes.
7 Last day of classes for the Fall 2007 Semester.
10 Fall Semester final examinations begin.
18 Fall Semester final examinations end.
24-31 Holidays - University offices closed.

JANUARY 2008
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31

1 Holiday - University offices closed.


3 First day of classes for the Spring 2008 Semester.

When a deadline date occurs on a weekend or Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
Fee deadlines are on page 59.

19
ADMISSION
Part 1

ADMISSION
1. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 7. TRANSFER AND EVALUATION OF CREDIT -
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
2. APPLICATION DEADLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
a. Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
a. Undergraduate Admissions Application and
b. Transfer and Evaluation Policies . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Document Deadlines for 2005-2006 . . . . . . . . .22
c. Procedures for Student Appeal . . . . . . . . . . . .39
b. Graduate Application and Document
Deadlines for 2005-2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 8. HOW TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . .39
a. Procedures for All Applicants . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
3. ADMISSION ROUTES AND REQUIRED
b. Procedures for Readmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
QUALIFICATIONS FOR NEW APPLICANTS . . .22
a. High School Admission Route . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 c. Procedures for Acceptance to Undergraduate
b. Transfer Student Admission Route . . . . . . . . .28 Programs in the Faculty of Education, Faculty
c. Adult Student (Mature) Admission Route . . . .29 of Fine Arts, School of Health Sciences,
d. Visiting Student and Exchange Student Faculty of Management, or to any
Admission Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 Combined Degrees programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
e. Standardized Test Admission Route . . . . . . . . .30 d. Undergraduate Program Application
f. Alberta Colleges or Institutes of Technology .31 and Document Deadlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
g. Returning After an Absence from the e. Graduate Program Application and
University of Lethbridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Document Deadlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
h. Graduated Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 f. Responsibility of the Applicant or Student . . .40
i. Applicants With Unsatisfactory 9. POLICIES FOR ALL STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Post-Secondary Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 a. Access to Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
4. CONTINUING STUDENTS CHANGING b. Professional Transfer Programs . . . . . . . . . . . .40
PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 c. Enrolment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
d. Enrolment Limits and Admission Quotas . . . .40
5. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 e. Conditional Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
a. Academic Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 f. Year of the Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
b. English Language Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . .34 g. Simultaneous Enrolment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
c. Transfer Credit and Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 h. Academic Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
d. Conjoint Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 i. Required to Withdraw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
6. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND WRITING 10. CAVEAT - AUTHORITY TO RESCIND
REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 ADMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
a. English Language Proficiency Requirement . .35
b. Writing Proficiency Requirement . . . . . . . . . .36 11. EXPLANATION OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

1. INTRODUCTION Transfer applicants who have completed three or more


The University of Lethbridge welcomes applications from transferable courses at another post-secondary
Canadian and International students, from students who have institution (college, technical or vocational institute,
completed or are completing high school, and from students university college or university) (see Section 3.b.1., p.
who have studied at other post-secondary institutions. 28).
The University of Lethbridge imposes no admission College Diploma applicants who have completed an
limitations on the basis of provincial residence or citizenship. approved diploma at a recognized college or technical or
vocational institute (see Section 3.b.2., p. 28).
Applications are accepted for:
College Certificate applicants who have completed an
Undergraduate programs for Fall Semester approved certificate at a recognized college or technical
(commencing September) and Spring Semester or vocational institute (see Section 3.b.3., p. 29).
(commencing January) admission; and,
Applied Degree applicants who have completed an
Graduate programs for Fall, Spring and Summer applied degree at a recognized Alberta college or
admission. technical institute (see Section 3.b.4., p. 29).
Undergraduate applicants are considered for the most Previous Degree applicants who have already
appropriate admission route according to their completed a degree at a recognized university (see
qualifications: Section 3.b.5., p. 29.
High School applicants with secondary (high school) Mature or Non-Matriculated Adult applicants, aged
credentials only, with little or no post-secondary study 21 or over, whose qualifications meet the requirements
(see Section 3.a., p. 22). of no other admission route (see Section 3.c., p. 29).
21
ADMISSION

Visiting or Exchange students from another university Supporting Documents


(see Section 3.d., p. 30). All documents supporting an application should be sent
Note also: directly to:
Unclassified Students who wish to study at the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS)
University but who do not wish to be or who are not University of Lethbridge
qualified to be admitted to a regular program of studies 4401 University Drive
may register in credit courses (see Part 2 - Lethbridge, Alberta
Registration, Section 3.f., p. 44). T1K 3M4
Continuing Students who wish to change programs 3. ADMISSION ROUTES AND REQUIRED
subsequent to being admitted to the University must QUALIFICATIONS FOR NEW APPLICANTS
successfully apply for a change of program (see Section
4, p. 34). a. High School Admission Route
Detailed admission information is listed below, or may be For High School applicants, the University has
obtained by contacting the Registrar’s Office and Student set the admission cut-off average for General
Services (ROSS) at tel. 403-320-5700, by sending electronic Admission at 68 percent commencing May, 2005.
mail to inquiries@uleth.ca or by accessing the University’s Refer to 9.c. Enrolment Management on p. 40.
website at: http://www.uleth.ca
Any student encountering difficulties with admission or The High School admission route is available to students
transfer of credit to the University is encouraged to contact presenting Alberta high school credentials, high school
the Assistant Registrar (Admissions) for assistance and further credentials from other Canadian provinces, and
information (tel. 403-382-7134 or fax 403-329-5159). credentials from other countries.
2. APPLICATION DEADLINES 1. Alberta High School Courses
a. Undergraduate Admissions Application and a. Admission for applicants presenting Alberta
Document Deadlines for 2005-2006 high school credentials is determined by grade
achievement in the following five courses:
For Undergraduate Admissions Application and Document
Deadlines for 2005-2006, see table on p. 23. • English 30 or English Language Arts
30-1
b. Graduate Application and Document Deadlines • Three other 30-level Academic
for 2005-2006 Courses, from the following list:
Program Semester of Admission Aboriginal Studies 30
Fall Spring Summer * Art 30 or 31
M.A. or M.Sc. March 1 Oct.1 March 1 Biology 30
(First Round)* Chemistry 30
May 1 – – * Choral Music, General Music or
(Second Round)* Instrumental Music 30
M.Ed. (General) – – Feb. 1 * Dance 35
* Drama 30
M.Ed. (Counselling
One of: Français 20 or 30, French 30, 31A,
Psychology) – – Feb. 1**
B, or C, or French Language Arts 20 or
M.Ed. (Educational 30
Leadership) – – Feb. 1** One or more 30-level languages:
Blackfoot, Chinese, Cree, German,
Italian, Japanese, Latin, Polish, Spanish,
M.Sc. (Management) March 1 – –
Ukrainian
Ph.D. *** March 1 Oct. 1 March 1 ** Mathematics 30 or Pure Mathematics 30
(First Round)*
Mathematics 31
May 1 – – Physics 30
(Second Round)*
Science 30
* There are two rounds of admission for Fall (September 1) entry to the
Social Studies 30 or 30-1
M.A. or M.Sc. and Ph.D. programs.The Second Round of admission is
intended for applicants who are unable to confirm funding from * Only one Fine Arts course may be used as an
external agencies (e.g., NSERC) before March 1. Applicants who can academic subject.
confirm funding before March 1 should submit their application for ** Students presenting both Applied Mathematics 30
the First Round of admission. Spaces are limited in these programs; and a minimum grade of 75% in Athabasca
early applications are encouraged. University's Mathematics 101 (Transitional
Mathematics) may use Mathematics 101 in lieu of
** Applicants to the M.Ed. (Counselling Psychology) and M.Ed.
Mathematics 30 or Pure Mathematics 30. This
(Educational Leadership) are admitted only in alternate Summer
policy may be reviewed for Fall 2005.
semesters.
*** Applications for Ph.D. studies in Biomolecular Science; Biosystems and • A Fifth Course (excluding Special
Biodiversity; Earth, Space, and Physical Science; Evolution and Projects) at the Grade 12 level. The fifth
Behaviour; Neuroscience; and Theoretical and Computational Science course subject must be distinct from the
majors will be considered in 2005-2006. For more information, see other four (e.g., English 30 and English 33
Section 5 in Part 14 - School of Graduate Studies. cannot both be used). It must be worth at
22
ADMISSION
2005/2006 Undergraduate Application and Document Deadlines

Fall 2005 Spring 2006

Admission Admission
Final Official Final Official
Admission Route, Program Application Decision Application Decision
Documents2 Documents2
Documents1 Documents1

General Admission to programs that do not have special deadlines


Early admission 3 March 1 May 1 August 1 N/A
High School
General admission June 1 August 1 August 1 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
Transfer (courses) June 1 June 15 June 15 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
Previous Degree June 1 June 15 June 15 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15

Post- Post-Diploma—excl. B.Mgt. June 1 June 15 June 15 4 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 154
Secondary Post-Diploma—B.Mgt. only June 1 June 30 August 304 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Dec. 244
Continuing UofL June 1 June 15 June 15 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
Returning After Absence UofL June 1 June 15 June 15 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
Mature/Non-Matric. Adult June 1 June 15 August 1 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
Other
Off-Shore International June 1 June 15 June 30 Sept. 1 Sept. 15 Nov. 15

Programs with special deadlines, document requirements, or limited (quota) availability


Pre-Engineering 5
High School Pre-Nutrition &
Applicants March 1 May 1 August 1 N/A
Only Food Science 5
Pre-Optometry 5

Post- B.Ed., including Combined


Secondary Degrees with B.Ed. 6 June 17 June 17 June 17 N/A
Applicants
Only Post-Diploma B. Nursing
(including
UofL July 1 July 30 July 304 Dec. 1 Dec. 15 Dec. 154
Continuing
Students)

Available to B.F.A. (Art) 8 HS Aug 1


B. Music 8
June 1 June 158 PS June 15
Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
both High
School (HS)
and Post- B.F.A.(New Media) 8 HS Aug 1
Secondary
June 1 June 158 PS June 15
Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
(PS)
applicants B.Nursing (NESA) 9 HS Aug. 1
(including
March 1 April 19 PS June 15
N/A
UofL
Continuing B.Sc. (Environmental Science) HS Aug. 1 HS Aug. 1
Students) May 1 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Nov. 15
excluding Post-diploma B.Sc. PS June 15 PS June 15
Notes:
1. Applications will be considered only if Admissions has received sufficient documentation by this date on which to base an admission decision (at least all interim or unofficial transcripts
and any other required documents). In particular, a high school or transfer applicant may not use grades from summer school courses or supplementary exams for Fall admission unless
they are received by this date (UofL EDUC 2500 may be an exception; see note 7. below).
2. Qualifications on which an admission decision is based must be completed by this date; applications will be closed if sufficient documentation has not been received by this date.
3. Early Admission applicants are advised to apply by March 1; this is important for scholarship eligibility, advance notice, and optimal course selection. Applicants failing to meet the Early
Admission application or admission document deadlines but meeting the regular deadlines will be considered according to regular high school policies.
4. Evidence of diploma completion, either by transcript or written advice of the diploma institution, must be received by this date.
5. Admission to these pre-professional programs is available only to High School applicants.
6. This route is only available to students who have completed a minimum of 20 courses.
7. Applications for direct admission to Bachelor of Education and to Combined Degrees Programs which include the B.Ed. are only accepted for the Fall semester. Although all other supporting
documents must be received by June 1, grades from UofL’s EDUC 2500 completed in Summer Session I will be considered in admission decisions for the subsequent Fall semester.
Applications for pre-Education programs are accepted for both Fall and Spring semesters.
8. For these Fine Arts programs, there are admission requirements in addition to academic transcripts: To be considered, B.F.A. (Art) applicants (Art Studio majors only) must submit a
portfolio including required project, B.F.A. (New Media) applicants must submit a portfolio and questionnaire, and B.Music applicants must arrange for an audition by this deadline. For detailed
information on audition, portfolio, and questionnaire requirements, refer to the Faculty of Fine Arts Web site at http://www.uleth.ca/ffa/ and click on the appropriate department.
9. To be considered, applicants must have submitted both interim or unofficial transcripts and midterm mark statements (for any high school or college courses in progress) to the
University by the Admission Decision Document deadline. Conditional admission decisions may be made on the basis of interim/unofficial documents submitted prior to this deadline.

General Notes:
• The University reserves the right to consider applications received or completed after the application/documents deadlines should openings remain in any program.
• An application is not complete until all final, official documents have been received by the University.
• Conditional admission decisions may be made to highly qualified applicants on the basis of interim/unofficial documents received prior to the Admissions Document deadline.
• UofL Advanced English as a Second Language for Academic Purposes (EAP) results will be accepted from the Summer term EAP classes for admission to the subsequent Fall semester,
and from the Fall semester EAP classes for the subsequent Spring semester. All other documents pertaining to English Language Proficiency (e.g. TOEFL) or English Writing
Competency (e.g. AUWCT) must be received no later than the preceding August 1 for Fall admission, or November 15 for Spring admission.
• Grades from courses completed in Summer Session will be considered only if available to the University by the indicated Admission Decision Document deadline.

23
ADMISSION

least five credits, or two courses worth Early Admission is open to all high school applicants
three credits each may be used. completing high school for the first time and
Note: The blended grade, which averages the school- currently enrolled in Canadian high schools. Early
assigned final grade and the Departmental Admission is available to students currently studying
examination grade, will be used where possible in at Canadian high schools under student visas,
calculating this average. provided that acceptable proof of English Language
b. Students must have a minimum mark of 50 Proficiency (where applicable - see Section 6, p.
percent (‘P’ in British Columbia) for any 35) is provided by the Early Admission application
subjects used in the admission average. deadline. Early Admission is not available to
international students currently studying outside
To qualify for General Admission, applicants
Canada.
must have an admission average of at least 68
percent calculated on the five admission Early admission applicants must arrange for final
courses. The basic admission average is 60 high school transcripts to be forwarded directly to
percent; the current admission cut-off is 68 the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS)
percent. from the provincial Department of Education by the
August 1 preceding the semester of admission. If
Grades and courses from outside Alberta which
final grades are not received by that date, the
have been evaluated by agencies other than the
University reserves the right to rescind admission.
original educational institution are subject to review
and adjustment by the University of Lethbridge. Qualifying Average for Early Admission
For High School Applicant Program Availability and For most programs, Early Admission is offered to
Required Qualifications, see page 26 applicants with a predicted admission average of 68
percent or higher. Competitive programs (e.g., the
2. Other Canadian High School Courses B.Sc. (Environmental Science), the B.F.A. (New
The admission average for all Canadian high schools Media) (formerly Multimedia), the NESA B.N., and
is calculated in the same manner used for Alberta transfer programs in pre-Engineering, pre-Nutrition
applicants (i.e., English 30 or its equivalent, three and Food Sciences, and pre-Optometry) are
academic Grade 12 courses comparable to Alberta exceptions.
30-level courses and a fifth Grade 12 level course). The University reserves the right to rescind
No course will be used for admission purposes if admission at any time should the student’s final
the final grade is less than 50 percent. admission qualifications fall below the minimum
For Canadian High School Admission Requirements, see standard required for admission to the University
page 27. (i.e., a final admission average of 60%).
3. Early Admission 4. International High School
Early Admission may be offered to students High school qualifications from other countries are
currently completing regular high school considered for admission purposes (see Section 5.
requirements in Canadian high schools, on the International Students, p. 34).
following basis:
a. Applicants will be selected from among those
who submit both:
1. a statement of courses in progress and
interim grades, and
2. official transcripts of courses already
completed at the time of application.
Successful applicants will be selected using
both actual and predicted academic
achievement.
b. The Early Admission average shall be calculated
using a combination of final and estimated
Grade 12 blended grades. Grade 11 grades are
used for subjects for which mid-term or final
Grade 12 grades are not yet available. For
example, if the applicant is currently registered
in English 30 for the first time and has received
no interim or final grades, the grade obtained
in English 20 will be used to compute the
average.
For Early Admission purposes, course grades
will be estimated only for courses in progress
which the student is attempting for the first
time.

24
ADMISSION
5. Advanced Placement Program Min.
Students presenting Advanced Placement (AP) IB Course Grade UofL Course

credentials have the option at the point of Art/Design, Higher Level 5 ART 2316/2xxx (6)

admission of receiving transfer credit for approved Biology, Higher Level 5 BIOL 1010 (3)
courses where they have achieved AP grades of ‘4’ Chemistry, Higher Level 5 CHEM 1000/2000 (6)
Chemistry, Standard Level 7 CHEM 1000 (3)
or ‘5’, or of taking the University of Lethbridge
Economics, Higher Level 5 ECON 1010/1012 (6)
course. An official AP transcript is required.
Economics, Standard Level 5 ECON 1010 (3)
English A1, Higher Level 5 ENGL 1xxx (3)1
AP Course UofL Course
French A, Higher Level 5 FREN 2000/2300 (6)
Art History ART 2220/2230 (6) French A, Standard Level 5 FREN 2000/2300 (6)
Art Studio (Drawing) ART 2315/2xxx (6) French B, Higher Level 5 FREN 2000/2300 (6)
Art Studio (General) ART 2315/2316 (6) French B, Standard Level 5 FREN 1500/2000 (6)
Biology BIOL 1010 (3) Geography, Higher Level 5 GEOG 1010/2240 (6)
Calculus AB MATH 1560/2560 (6) Geography, Standard Level 5 ENVS 2000 (3)
Calculus BC (grade of 3, 4 or 5) MATH 1560/2560 (6) German A, Higher Level 5 GERM 2000/2300 (6)
German A, Standard Level 5 GERM 2000/2300 (6)
Chemistry CHEM 1000/2000 (6) German B, Higher Level 5 GERM 2000/2300 (6)
Economics (Macroeconomics) ECON 1012 (3) German B, Standard Level 5 GERM 1500/2000 (6)
Economics (Microeconomics) ECON 1010 (3) Greek, Higher Level Special Assessment
English (Language and Composition) ENGL 1900 (3) History, Higher Level 5 HIST 1000 (3)
English (Literature and Composition) ENGL 1xxx (3) 1 Latin, Higher Level Special Assessment
French (Language) FREN 1500/2000 (6) Latin, Standard Level Special Assessment
French (Literature) FREN 2300/2xxx (6) Mathematics, Higher Level 5 MATH 1560 (3)
Math/Further Maths, Higher Level 5 MATH 1560 (3)
Geography (Human) GEOG 2240 (3)
Math/Further Maths, Higher Level 6 MATH 1560/2560 (6)
German (Language) GERM 1500/2000 (6)
Music, Higher Level 5 MUSI 2xxx (6)2
History (European) HIST 1000 (3) Philosophy, Higher Level Special Assessment
History (United States) HIST 2600 (3)
Physics, Higher Level 5 PHYS 1000 or 1050 (3)
History (World) HIST 1000 (3)
Psychology, Higher or Standard Level 4 PSYC 1000 (3)
Latin Special Assessment
Social Anthropology, Higher Level 5 ANTH 1000 (3)
Music (Listening and Literature) MUSI 1000 (3)
Spanish A, Higher Level 5 SPAN 2000/2300 (6)
Music (Theory) MUSI 1xxx (3) Spanish A, Standard Level 5 SPAN 2000/2300 (6)
Physics B PHYS 1050 (3) Spanish B, Higher Level 5 SPAN 2000/2300 (6)
Physics C (Electricity and Magnetism) PHYS 2000 (3) Spanish B, Standard Level 5 SPAN 1500/2000 (6)
Physics C (Mechanics) PHYS 1000 (3)
1 This course serves as English 1900 for prerequisite purposes
Physics C (Mechanics/Electricity PHYS 1000/2000 (6)
and Magnetism) for higher English courses.
Political Science POLI 1000 (3) 2 Two unspecified Music credits may be applied to specific Music
Psychology PSYC 1000 (3) requirements after interview and assessment by the
Department of Music.
Spanish (Language) SPAN 1500/2000 (6)
Spanish (Literature) SPAN 2300/2xxx (6) b. High school applicants presenting complete
IB diplomas are guaranteed general
1. This course fulfills the requirement of the English 1900 prerequisite. admission to the University, subject to English
Language Proficiency requirements, and
Students receiving this transfer may not subsequently take English 1900
for credit.
particular program requirements and
deadlines. Admission to quota programs
6. International Baccalaureate Program cannot be guaranteed, but is subject to normal
Students presenting International Baccalaureate (IB) enrolment management procedures.
credentials have the option at the point of c. Where an applicant presents both an IB course
admission of receiving transfer credit for approved and the corresponding Grade 12 course for a
courses in which they have achieved satisfactory particular subject, the higher grade will be used
grades. An official IB transcript is required. for admission purposes. For this purpose, IB
course grades are converted as follows:
International Baccalaureate credentials are
recognized both as an admission route and as a IB Grade Grade 12 Percentage
means of satisfying specific course requirements: 7 97%
6 84%
a. Students presenting IB credentials may receive
5 77%
university course credits for IB courses given
4 65%
grade achievement as follows:
3 55%
2 45%
1 45%

25
ADMISSION

For High School applicants, the University has set the admission cut-off average for General Admission at 68 percent
commencing May, 2005. Refer to 9.c. Enrolment Management on p. 40.

High School Applicants - Program Availability and Required Qualifications Required Admission
Faculty/School Programs Available Average*
Arts and Science Four-year degree programs: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), 68%
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.), and Bachelor of Arts and Science (BASc.).
Professional Transfer programs in Engineering, Nutrition and Competitive, typically 75% and
Food Sciences, and Optometry. above
Four-year degree program: Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science). Competitive
‘Pre-programs’ to Education and Management (see below). 68%
Education ‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Ed., B.F.A. (Art or 68%
Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed., B.Mgt./B.Ed., B.Mus./B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Ed.
Admission to the Combined Degrees programs is competitive and typically occurs
after two years of university study.
B.F.A. and B.Mus. applicants, see Fine Arts below
Fine Arts Four-year degree programs: Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A. - Art, Dramatic Arts, 68%
Multidisciplinary or New Media) and B.Mus. Audition/Portfolio/Questionnaire
For additional admission requirements,
see Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 3.Admission (p. 164).
For Studio Audition procedures for the B.Mus.,
see Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 6.e.3. (p. 173).
‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.F.A. (Art or Dramatic 68%
Arts)/B.Ed. and B.Mus./B.Ed. Audition/Portfolio
Admission to the Combined Degrees programs is competitive and typically occurs
after two years of university study.
The Faculty of Fine Arts requires an audition, portfolio, and/or questionnaire
for B.F.A. and B.Mus. applicants (see additional admission requirements in Fine Arts above)
Health Sciences Four-year degree program: Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Counselling 68%
(B.H.Sc. - Addictions Counselling). Biology 30 or Chemistry 30
Collaborative admission to the B.H.Sc. - Addictions Counselling is also offered at required
Medicine Hat College.
See Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 4.c. (p. 182) for additional admission
requirements.
Four-year degree program: NESA (Nursing Education in Southwestern 68%
Alberta) Bachelor of Nursing (NESA B.N.) Competitive
First two years offered in collaboration with Lethbridge Community Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and
College. Mathematics 30 or Pure
Mathematics 30 are required
Management ‘Pre-program’ to four-year degree program: Bachelor of Management (B.Mgt.). 68%
Admission to the B.Mgt. is competitive and occurs after completion of at least
10 Arts and Science courses including Economics 1010, Economics 1012, and
Statistics 1770 or equivalents.
‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Mgt., B.Mgt./B.Ed., 68%
B.Sc./B.Mgt.
Admission to these Combined Degrees programs is competitive and occurs after
completion of 10 Arts and Science courses (including Economics 1010, 1012,
and Statistics 1770), but after two years for the B.Mgt./B.Ed. (including
Education 2500 or equivalent in addition to the previously-listed courses).
* Based on five grades in: English 30 or 30-1; three academic 30-level subjects; and, a fifth Grade 12-level subject or subjects, academic or non-academic, worth a total of
at least 5 credits. Comparable courses from outside Alberta will be considered as equivalents for admission purposes.

26
ADMISSION
For High School applicants, the University has set the admission cut-off average for General Admission at 68 percent
commencing May, 2005. Refer to 9.c. Enrolment Management on p. 40.

Canadian High School Admission Requirements for the University of Lethbridge


Below are the basic admission requirements for students presenting credentials from Canadian high schools
Other requirements apply to students presenting three or more transferable post-secondary courses (see Transfer Student Admission
Route, p. 28)
For students whose first language is not English, see also the English Language Proficiency Requirement (Section 6.a., p.
35).
Although the basic admission average is 60%, the current required admission average to qualify for General Admission is 68%. Individual
grades under 50% ('P' in British Columbia) are not considered.

Province/Territory English Course Plus three Academic Courses from:

Alberta, English 30 Aboriginal Studies 30, Art 30 or 31*; Biology 30; Chemistry 30; Dance 35; General Music or Instrumental Music 30*;
Northwest Territories ELA 30-1 Drama 30*; One of: Français 20 or 30, French 30, 31A, B, or C, French Language Arts 20 or 30; Mathematics 30 or Pure
and Nunavut Mathematics 30**; Mathematics 31; Physics 30; Science 30; Social Studies 30 or 30-1; any 30 or 35-level language.

Plus a distinct Fifth Course(s), academic or non-academic, worth at least 5 credits (not Special
Projects) at the 30 level. Note: Applied Math 30 may only be used as a Fifth Course, for admission.

British Columbia and English 12 Acting 12*, Art 12*, Band 12*; Biology 12; Calculus 12; Chemistry 12; Choir 12*. Comparative Civilizations 12; English
Yukon Territory Literature 12; One of: Français 12, French 12 or 12A; Geography 12; Geology 12; Geometry 12; History 12; Mathematics
12 or Principles of Mathematics 12; Music 12*, Physics 12; Probability and Statistics12; Strings 12*; Theater 12*; Visual
Arts 12*; Writing 12, any 12 or 12A-level language.

Plus a distinct Fifth Course(s), academic or non-academic, worth at least 4 credits, at the 12 level.

Saskatchewan English A30 and B30 Band 30*; Biology 30 Calculus 30; Chemistry 30, Choral 30*; Computer Science 30; Drama 30*; One of: Français
(counts as one course) or Fransaskois A30 or B30 or French 30; Geography 30; Geology 30; History 30; Mathematics B30 and C30 (counts as one
ELA A30/ ELA B30 course); Native Studies 30; Orchestra 30*; Physics 30, Social Studies 30; Visual Art 30* ; any 30-level language
(counts as one course)
Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 1 credit, at the 30 level.

Manitoba ELA 40S Art 40S*; Biology 40S; Calculus 45A/Adv Math 45A; Chemistry 40S; Choral 40S*; Drama 40S*; History 40S; Mathematics
(two credits) 40S(Pre-Calculus); Music 40S*; Physics 40S; Strings 40S*; Western Civilization 40S; World Geography 40S; World
Issues 40S; any 40S level-language

Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 1 credit, at the 40 level

Ontario OAC :Language and Four additional OAC courses; or


Literature, or Studies in Four additional Grade 12 ‘4U’ or ‘M’ courses.
Literature; or, ENG4U

Quebec English Literature 603 Two semesters of CEGEP courses, including four of the following: Art 520*; Biology 101; Chemistry 202; Drama 560*;
French 601 or 602; Geography 320; History 330; any 607- to 616-level language; Mathematics 201; Music 550*; Physics 203

Two complete years may qualify the applicant for advance credits.

New Brunswick Engish 121 or 122 Biology 122; Calculus 120; Chemistry 121 or 122; French 121 or 122; Geography 120; History 121 or 122;
Advanced Math 120, Math 121 or 122; Physics 121 or 122; Theater Arts 120*; World Issues 120; One 121 or 122-level
fine arts course*.

Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 1 credit, at the 120, 121 or 122 level.

Nova Scotia English 12 (Academic) Art 12*; Biology 12 (Advanced or Academic); Chemistry 12; French 12; Geography 12 or Global
Geography 12; Geology 12 or 441; History 12 or 441 or Global History 12; any 12-level language;
Math 12 or 441; Math 541 (Calculus), Advanced Math 12 or Math Pre-Calculus 12; Music 12*; Physics 12,
441 or 541; One 400-level fine arts course*, Any 12-level language

Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 1 credit, at the 12 level

Prince Edward Island English 611 or 621 Biology 611 or 621; Chemistry 611 or 621; French 621; Geography 621; History 621;Math 611 (Calculus); Math 621;
Oceanography 621; Physics 611 or 621; One 600-level fine arts course*; any 621-level language;

Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 1 credit, at the 600 level.

Newfoundland English 3201 Biology 3201; Calculus 4225; Chemistry 3202; French 3200 or 3201; Geology 3203; Global Issues 3205; Math 3200 or
and Labrador Advanced Math 3201; Physics 3204; World Geography 3202; World History 3201; World Problems 3204; One 3000-level
fine arts course*; any 3200-level language;

Plus a distinct Fifth Course, academic or non-academic, worth at least 2 credits, at the 3000 level

* Only one Fine Arts course may be used as an Academic Course in the Admission Average. Another distinct Fine Arts course may be
used as the Fifth Course. For example, Art 30 could be used as one of the Academic courses and General Music 30 could be used as the
Fifth course.

** Subject to review in Fall 2005, students presenting both Applied Mathematics 30 and a minimum grade of 75% in Athabasca
University’s Mathematics 101 may use Mathematics 101 in lieu of Mathematics 30 or Pure Mathematics 30.

27
ADMISSION

7. Home School Upon admission, students are assigned transfer


Home School applicants who present recognized credit on a course-by-course basis for eligible
secondary credentials, or by some other means post-secondary work. Transfer of credit serves to
satisfy the requirements of a University admission reduce the number of courses which must be
route, will be considered for admission. Regardless completed at the University of Lethbridge in order
of their citizenship or residency, Home School to complete a program of studies. For additional
applicants will be considered according to the information, see Section 7 - Transfer and
curriculum they followed. Evaluation of Credit (p. 36).
For example: Applicants to programs leading to the B.Mgt. or any
Combined Degrees may be admitted directly to
a. A high school applicant who studied Alberta
these programs, or may need to seek admission to
curriculum is expected to meet the
programs in the Faculty of Arts and Science or the
requirements of an Alberta high school
Faculty of Fine Arts (for Combined Degrees
applicant (see Section 3.a.1., p. 22).
programs including the B.F.A. or B.Mus.) in order to
b. A high school applicant who followed complete admission requirements.
curriculum based in the United States is
Admission priority of New Transfer
expected to meet the standard requirements
students:
for United States high school applicants: Both a
high school diploma and appropriate, All transferable post-secondary work
satisfactory test scores, either ACT, or SAT I completed by New Transfer applicants will be
and II test scores (see Section 5.a., p. 34 and used in determining admission priority.
the corresponding table on page 37). The admission average for New Transfer
applicants presenting five or more transferable
b. Transfer Student Admission Route
courses is calculated on all completed,
1. New Transfer (transfer courses) transferable, post-secondary courses. For New
Transfer applicants presenting only three to
For New Transfer applicants, commencing May
five courses, the admission average is a
2005, the basic admission average to qualify for
weighted average of the high school admission
General Admission is a cumulative GPA of 2.50 on
average and the post-secondary admission
the 4.0 scale; some programs have a higher
admission GPA requirement. The GPA average.
requirement for College Diploma applicants Subject to individual faculty/school policies,
varies according to the program. admission priority is assigned to New Transfer
applicants on the basis of grade point average
Applicants who have completed three or more on all transferable courses.
transferable semester courses at one or more The University may offer admission to highly
postsecondary institutions will be considered as qualified transfer students prior to the application
New Transfer applicants. deadline. Applicants are encouraged to apply well
To qualify for General Admission, New Transfer ahead of the deadline. For detailed information,
applicants must have an admission average of at students should contact the Admissions Office
least 2.50 on the 4.0 scale, calculated on all (SU140; tel. 403-320-5700).
transferable courses. Time limits and residence requirements apply to
Admission requirements vary depending on the transfer students: see table in Part 4 - Academic
number of transferable, post-secondary courses Regulations, Section 3.e. (p. 65).
completed as indicated below: Any student encountering difficulties with
eight or more • Admission GPA of at least 2.50 on a 4.0 transfer of credit to the University is
transferable courses scale, calculated on all completed, encouraged to contact the Assistant
transferable, post-secondary courses. Registrar (Admissions) for assistance and
• High school credentials are not required. further information (tel. 403-382-7134 or fax
403-329-5159).
five or more (but • Basic high school admission average of at
For Transfer Applicant Program Availability and Required
fewer than eight) least 60%, calculated on five appropriate
Qualifications, see page 32.
transferable courses 30-level high school courses.
• Admission GPA of at least 2.50 on a 4.0 2. College Diploma
scale, calculated on all completed, Applicants who hold two- or three-year college
transferable, post-secondary courses.
diplomas from recognized institutions will be
at least three (but • Basic high school admission average of at considered for admission to the appropriate post-
fewer than five) least 60%, calculated on five appropriate diploma program.
transferable courses 30-level high school courses. For College Diploma Applicant Program Availability and
• Admission average is determined using a Required Qualifications, see page 33.
weighted average of the high school
admission average and all completed
A diploma holder seeking admission to a program
transferable, post-secondary courses. other than the appropriate post-diploma program
will also be considered for admission:
28
ADMISSION
a. For admission purposes only, holders of two- and the table in Part 4 - Academic Regulations,
or three-year college diplomas of sufficient Section 3.e. (p. 65), for more information.
academic merit from recognized post- In order to register in courses as an admitted
secondary institutions, completed with student, a student who has graduated from a
cumulative program GPAs of 2.50 or higher on University of Lethbridge program must successfully
the University of Lethbridge 4-point scale, shall apply for admission to another program. Otherwise,
be considered eligible for admission as New such students must register using the Unclassified
Transfer students, in the absence of Student route (see Part 2 - Registration,
contradictory evidence. Section 3.f., p. 44).
b. In all such cases the diploma program in Students are not eligible to pursue a second degree
question must have sufficient academic merit. which is similar to one already completed at a
Faculty/School program residency and time recognized institution. Generally, degrees with
limit policies shall apply. Final determination of identical or closely related majors are considered to
sufficient academic merit rests with the Faculty be similar. The decision of the appropriate Faculty
of Arts and Science and the Faculty of Fine or School will be final in these matters.
Arts, as appropriate.
International applicants presenting approved
3. College Certificate degrees and seeking admission to similar degree
Studies at recognized post-secondary institutions programs offered by the Faculty of Arts and Science,
leading to Certificate credentials will be evaluated the Faculty of Fine Arts or the Faculty of
for transfer credit on a course-by-course basis, in Management will be considered with the prior
accordance with approved transfer credit approval of the appropriate Dean. The decision of
procedures. the Faculty will be final in these matters.
Upon admission, students are strongly advised to
4. Applied Degree
consult with the Academic Advisor in the
Applicants presenting Applied Degrees from appropriate Faculty/School to determine the course
recognized colleges or technical institutes in Alberta requirements of their second degree program.
with grade point averages of 2.5 or higher on the
University of Lethbridge 4-point scale are c. Adult Student (Mature) Admission Route
guaranteed admission to first degree, undergraduate Applicants who are 21 years of age or older by the first
non-quota programs. day of classes in the semester of intended admission and
Applied Degrees are not normally considered to be who do not meet current admission requirements will
a basis of admission for second degree or graduate be considered as follows:
studies programs.
1. Qualified Adult High School Admission
Eligibility for both quota programs and transfer
This applies to applicants 21 years of age or older
credit awards will be based on a course-by-course
who have completed high school requirements (see
evaluation of the applicant’s post-secondary studies.
Canadian High School Admission Requirements table,
Transfer credit awards will be according to regular
p. 27), with an admission average of at least 60
University procedures, and subject to University
percent but less than the prevailing admission cut-
policies including those pertaining to residency,
off (currently 68 percent).
major and time limits.
2. Non-Traditional Adult Admission
5. Previous Degree
Applicants 21 years of age and older whose
For New Transfer applicants, commencing qualifications fall short of the University’s minimum
May 2005, the basic admission average to requirements may be considered under the Non-
qualify for General Admission is a Matriculated Adult Admission policy (see below).
cumulative GPA of 2.50 on the 4.0 scale; This policy applies to applicants:
some programs have a higher admission a. who have completed a high school diploma, but
GPA requirement. have not completed the courses required for
University admission or have not achieved an
An approved degree is an academic baccalaureate admission average of 60 percent; or,
degree composed of 30 or more course equivalents b. who have not completed high school.
from a recognized Canadian or international
institution. Applicants presenting approved degrees The number of seats available for Non-Traditional
may be offered admission to the University to Adult Admission will be limited (as determined each
pursue a second degree. Some courses taken for semester).Typically the number of seats will not be
the previous degree may be used to satisfy specific more than ten percent of the total admissions for
requirements for the second degree, depending on high school applicants in the given Fall or Spring
the applicability of the courses to the curriculum Semester.The seats are distributed on a first-come,
and the standard of performance achieved. first-served basis to successful applicants.
Previous credentials and courses completed as part Non-Matriculated Adult Admission
of the credential are subject to the time limits of the The Non-Matriculated Adult admission route is
appropriate Faculty/School. Please see the Previous available to Canadian and Permanent Resident non-
Degree section for the appropriate Faculty/School matriculated applicants 21 years of age or older
29
ADMISSION

whose credentials do not satisfy the basic admission courses which the student may take at the
criteria of any other admission route. The intent of University of Lethbridge.
the Non-Matriculated Adult admission route is to Visiting Students and Exchange Students should
provide a limited number of positions for applicants note that registration in specific courses is not
deemed by Admissions to have potential for success guaranteed.
at the post-secondary level which is at least equal to
English Language Proficiency requirements do not
that of applicants meeting the prevailing admission apply to Visiting Students or Exchange Students.
criteria for high school applicants. In making this However, Visiting Students and Exchange Students
determination, Admissions will consider any or all are subject to all other regulations of the University
of the following: of Lethbridge and of the Faculty/School in which
• Transcripts of all high school and post- they are registered.
secondary experience of the applicant; Visiting Students must apply for admission on a
• Life experiences since leaving normal semester-by-semester basis.
secondary attendance;
2. University of Lethbridge Students Studying
• Standardized test scores - any of SAT, ACT, Elsewhere
CPT, CAT Level 19 or CAAT Level D.
As it may suit their program, and within the
The Non-Matriculated Adult applicant is required to residence requirement of the Faculty/School in
provide, in addition to the regular application for which they are enrolled, continuing students in good
undergraduate admission and associated standing at the University of Lethbridge may be
transcripts, the following: authorized to take courses at another post-
a. A Letter of Intent from the applicant to the secondary institution, if their registration as a
Admissions Office, which shall include a Visiting Student or Exchange Student is acceptable
statement on the applicant’s potential for to that institution or if the University has an
success in university studies, how the approved exchange agreement with that institution.
applicant’s experiences since secondary school No transfer credit will be granted for courses taken
have contributed to this potential, the elsewhere, unless Visiting Student or Exchange
applicant’s goals for the future and why studies Student status is granted in advance; Visiting
at the University will help the applicant to Student and Exchange Student status both require
realize these goals. written permission from the Dean or Dean’s
designate.
b. A resumé, providing a summary of all
educational, employment and volunteer 3. For some University of Lethbridge programs,
experience. students are required to take courses at another
The Admissions Office may, at their discretion, institution under Visiting or Exchange Student
require an interview. authorization. Visiting or Exchange Student status
will be granted to these students. Such courses
Admissions will consider whether the applicant has taken under Visiting or Exchange Student
acquired, through a combination of academic and authorization will be counted as University of
life experience, the reading, writing, organizational Lethbridge courses toward meeting the minimum
and other skills necessary for success in the residence requirement.
intended program of study. The decision of
Admissions may be appealed in writing to the 4. University of Lethbridge students granted Visiting
Assistant Registrar (Admissions). Student or Exchange Student status are registered
Persons who have unsatisfactory post-secondary in placeholder courses while studying elsewhere.
academic records will not be considered for Non- Transfer credit will be granted for courses
Matriculated Adult admission (i.e., a GPA of less completed by authorized Visiting Students.
than 2.00). Authorized Exchange Students will receive
Programs available: Adult applicants will be Pass/Fail grades for courses completed during the
considered for admission to first-year programs in exchange.
the Faculty of Arts and Science, the Faculty of Fine It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that
Arts, the School of Health Sciences and to the an official transcript of grades earned as a Visiting
Management Certificate program. Student or Exchange Student at another institution
d. Visiting Student and Exchange Student is sent to the Registrar’s Office and Student
Admission Route Services (ROSS) at the University of Lethbridge.
Further information on registration procedures for
1. Visiting Students and Exchange Students from Visiting and Exchange Students may be found in Part 2 -
Other Universities Registration, Section 3.d. Visiting and Exchange
Applicants currently enrolled in a degree program Students (p. 44).
at another accredited degree-granting institution,
and who wish to enrol in courses at the University, e. Standardized Test Admission Route
must complete an Application for Admission by the Applicants to first-year Faculty of Arts and Science or
appropriate deadline and have their home Faculty of Fine Arts programs will be considered who
institution forward a ‘letter of permission’ directly present acceptable ACT (American College Testing
to the Admissions Office. This letter should specify Program) or SAT (Scholastic Achievement Test) scores. In
30
ADMISSION
the case of SAT tests, the applicant must present SAT applicable Faculty/School part of the
Verbal, SAT Mathematical and three additional SAT II test Calendar); and,
scores. Applicants who present only SAT I scores and • The applicant was in good academic standing
who present superior high school records (at least five upon last leaving the University (see Part 4 -
Grade 12-level courses in academic subjects including Academic Regulations, Section 3.c.1, p.
English, and a ‘B+’ or better on these courses), will be 64)
considered for admission on an individual basis.
Applicants who fail to meet all of the above
f. Alberta Colleges or Institutes of Technology conditions will be considered for admission
The University will consider applicants who have according to current policies for Returning Transfer
completed one year or more of studies at a recognized students (see Section 2. below).
Alberta College or Institute of Technology and are Students applying for readmission to the Faculty of
recommended by that institution for University Management should also see Part 11 -
admission. Management, Section 4.i. (p. 196).
For admission requirements, the University accepts 2. Returning Transfer Applicants
courses offered by colleges which are deemed by the
colleges to be equivalent to Alberta high school 30-level Commencing May 2005, the basic
courses. requirement for General Admission for
Returning Transfer applicants will be a
g. Returning After an Absence from the University cumulative GPA of 2.50 on the 4.0 scale.
of Lethbridge
1. Students Returning After an Absence This policy applies to applicants who meet all of the
following conditions:
This policy applies to applicants who meet all of the
following conditions: • were previously admitted to a University of
Lethbridge program,
• were previously admitted to a University of
Lethbridge program, • completed one or more semesters at the
University,
• completed one or more semesters at the
University, • subsequently interrupted their continuing
student status prior to the completion of the
• subsequently interrupted their continuing
program (whether the interruption was
student status prior to the completion of the
voluntary or involuntary on the part of the
program (whether the interruption was
student), and
voluntary or involuntary on the part of the
student), and • who HAVE completed university-level studies
at another institution in the interim.
• who HAVE NOT completed university-level
studies at another institution in the interim. This policy does not apply to any persons who left
University of Lethbridge studies according to the
This policy does not apply to any persons who left terms of a Visiting or Exchange leave authorized by
University of Lethbridge studies according to the the appropriate Dean.
terms of a Visiting or Exchange leave authorized by
the appropriate Dean. All students returning after an absence of one or
more Fall or Spring Semesters must apply for
All students returning after an absence of one or admission according to regular application
more Fall or Spring Semesters must apply for procedures and deadlines (see Section b.Transfer
admission according to regular application Student Admission Route, p. 28).
procedures and deadlines (see Section b.Transfer
Student Admission Route, p. 28). Admission to a particular program or major shall be
subject to enrolment management, Faculty/School
Admission to a particular program or major shall be and Admission policies (refer to the Admission
subject to enrolment management, Faculty/School requirements provided in the applicable
and Admission policies (refer to the Admission Faculty/School part of the Calendar).
requirements provided in the applicable
Students applying for readmission to the Faculty of
Faculty/School part of the Calendar).
Management should also see Part 11 -
Subject to the above, Returning After an Absence Management, Section 4.i. (p. 196).
applicants are eligible for General Admission
provided all of the following conditions apply: Academic Probation
• No transferable courses were completed in An applicant who was on Academic Probation upon
the intervening period at another institution leaving the University must complete no less than
(see Section b. Transfer Student four transferable semester courses, in a satisfactory
Admission Route, p. 28 if you completed manner (i.e., passing grades in all courses with a
transferable courses at another institution in GPA of at least 2.50 on the 4.0 scale), to be eligible
the intervening period); for readmission. Normally, students readmitted
after leaving on Academic Probation will be
• The student is applying for admission to a non- readmitted on condition of Academic Probation.
quota program or major (refer to the
Admission requirements provided in the
31
ADMISSION

Transfer Applicants - Undergraduate Program Availability and Required Qualifications Required Admission
Faculty/School Programs Available GPA*
Arts and Science Four-year degree programs: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) and 2.50
Bachelor of Arts and Science (BASc.).
Four-year Bachelor of Science (Environmental Science) Competitive

‘Pre-programs’ to Education and Management (see below). 2.50


Education Direct admission to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Ed., B.F.A. (Art or 2.50 minimum
Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed., B.Mgt./B.Ed., B.Mus./B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Ed. Competitive: higher
Applicants must have at least 20 courses completed including Education 2500 or than 2.50 required for
equivalent. For the B.Mgt./B.Ed., see Management below. most majors.
The Faculty of Education requires a portfolio, audition, and/or interview
for Art, Drama, and Music Education majors

‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Ed., B.F.A. (Art or 2.50


Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed., B.Mgt./B.Ed., B.Mus./B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Ed.
Admission to the Combined Degrees programs typically occurs after two years of
university-level study, and is competitive.
B.F.A. and B.Mus. applicants, see Fine Arts below
Fine Arts Four-year degree programs: Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A. - Art, Dramatic Arts, 2.50
Multidisciplinary or New Media, formerly Multimedia) and Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.). Audition/Portfolio/Questionnaire
For additional admission requirements,
see Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 3.Admission (p. 164).
For Studio Audition procedures for the B.Mus.,
see Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 6.e.3. (p. 173).
Direct admission to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.F.A. (Art or Dramatic Competitive; 2.50
Arts)/B.Ed., B.Mus./B.Ed. minimum
Applicants must have at least 20 courses completed including Education 2500 or equivalent. Audition/Portfolio
The Faculty of Fine Arts requires an audition, portfolio, and/or questionnaire
for B.F.A. and B.Mus. applicants (see additional admission requirements in Fine Arts above)
The Faculty of Education requires a portfolio, audition, and/or interview
for Art, Drama, and Music Education majors (see Part 13 - Combined Degrees)

‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.F.A. (Art or Dramatic 2.50


Arts)/B.Ed. and B.Mus./B.Ed. Audition/Portfolio
Admission to the Combined Degrees programs typically occurs after two years of
university-level study, and is competitive.
The Faculty of Fine Arts requires an audition, portfolio, and/or questionnaire
for B.F.A. and B.Mus. applicants (see additional admission requirements in Fine Arts above)
Health Sciences Four-year degree program: Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Counselling (B.H.Sc. - 2.50
Addictions Counselling). Collaborative admission to the B.H.Sc. - Addictions Counselling is
also offered at Medicine Hat College.
See Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 4.c. (p. 182) for additional admission requirements.
Four-year degree program: NESA (Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta) Competitive
Bachelor of Nursing (B.N.). First two years offered in collaboration with Lethbridge
Community College.
See Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 4.a. (p. 180) for additional admission requirements.
Health Sciences Certificate - Palliative Care (ten-course program). 2.50
Management Direct admission to the four-year degree program: Bachelor of Management (B.Mgt.). Competitive
Applicants must have completed 10 Arts and Science courses, including Economics
1010, 1012, and Statistics 1770 (or equivalents).

Direct admission to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Mgt., B.Mgt./B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Mgt. Competitive
For B.A./B.Mgt. or B.Sc./B.Mgt., applicants must have completed at least 10 Arts and
Science courses including Economics 1010, 1012, and Statistics 1770 or equivalents.
Admission to the B.Mgt./B.Ed. typically occurs after two years of university-level study
(including Economics 1010, 1012, Education 2500, and Statistics 1770).

‘Pre-program’ to four-year degree program: Bachelor of Management (B.Mgt.). 2.50


Admission to the B.Mgt. occurs after completion of 10 Arts and Science courses,
including Economics 1010, 1012, and Statistics 1770, and is competitive.

‘Pre-programs’ to five-year Combined Degrees programs: B.A./B.Mgt., B.Mgt/B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Mgt. 2.50


Admission to the B.A./B.Mgt. and B.Sc./B.Mgt. occurs after completion of 10 Arts and
Science courses (including Economics 1010, 1012, and Statistics 1770), and is competitive.
Admission to the B.Mgt./B.Ed. typically occurs after two years of university-level study
(including Economics 1010, 1012, Education 2500, and Statistics 1770), and is competitive.
Management Certificate (ten-course program) Competitive
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Accounting (PBCA) Competitive

* Based on all completed transferable courses, including courses completed at the University of Lethbridge as an Unclassified Student.

32
ADMISSION
College Diploma Applicants - Undergraduate Post-Diploma Program Availability and Required Qualifications
For detailed information on approved college diplomas, contact Admissions or visit our website:
http://www.uleth.ca/reg-adn/post-dip.html
Faculty/School Post-Diploma Programs Available Required Admission GPA*
Arts and Science Post-Diploma Bachelor of Arts (B.A. - Agricultural Studies) 2.50, or
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 8.a. (p. 93) 2.00-2.49, subject to Dean’s permission
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc. - Agricultural Studies) 2.50, or
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 9.a. (p. 95) 2.00-2.49, subject to Dean’s permission
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc. - Computer Science) 2.50
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 10.a. (p. 97)
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc. - Environmental Science) 2.75, or
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 11.a. (p. 98) 2.00-2.74, subject to Dean’s permission
and related employment experience
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc. - Geography, with a 2.50
Concentration in Geographical Information Science)
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 12.a. (p. 99)
Education See Fine Arts and Management (below)
Fine Arts Post-Diploma (after a Two- or Three-Year Diploma) Bachelor of Fine Arts 2.50
(B.F.A. - Art or Dramatic Arts) and Bachelor of Music (B.Mus.) Audition/Portfolio
See Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 3.f. (p. 166)
Post-Diploma (after a Two- or Three-Year Diploma) Bachelor of Fine 2.50
Arts (B.F.A. - Multidisciplinary)
See Part 9 - Fine Arts, Section 3.g. (p. 166)
Post-Diploma B.F.A. (Art or Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed. and B.Mus./B.Ed. Competitive, 2.50 minimum
See Part 13 - Combined Degrees, Section 9.a. (p. 264) Audition/Portfolio
Pre-Post-Diploma B.F.A. (Art or Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed. and B.Mus./B.Ed. 2.50
See Part 13 - Combined Degrees, Section 9.a. (p. 264) Audition/Portfolio
Health Sciences Post-Diploma Bachelor of Health Sciences - Addictions Counselling 3.00
(B.H.Sc. - Addictions Counselling)
See Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 4.d. (p. 183)
Post-Diploma Bachelor of Nursing (B.N.) 2.00
See Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 4.b. (p. 181)
Management Post-Diploma Bachelor of Management (B.Mgt.) 3.00 minimum
See Part 11 - Management, Section 4.b. (p. 195)
Qualifying program for Post-Diploma B.Mgt. (four courses) 2.75-2.99 minimum
See Part 11 - Management, Section 4.b. (p. 195)
Post-Diploma B.Mgt./B.Ed. 3.00 minimum
See Part 13 - Combined Degrees, Section 10.a. (p. 271) Keyboard Proficiency
Pre-Post-Diploma B.Mgt./B.Ed. 3.00 minimum
See Part 13 - Combined Degrees, Section 10.a. (p. 271)

Please note that admission to the Post-Diploma Bachelor of Management via the Qualifying program will change effective May 1, 2006
(see Part 11 - Management, Section 4.b., p. 195).
• Applicants holding approved college diplomas which are not eligible as a basis for direct admission (based on program content) to
the Post-Diploma Bachelor of Management will be eligible to enter that degree program by successfully completing the Qualifying
program.
• An applicant will gain admission to the Qualifying program by completing an approved diploma with a cumulative grade point
average (GPA) of 3.00 or higher on the University of Lethbridge 4.0 GPA scale.

* Based on cumulative Grade Point Average in the College Diploma, on a 4.0 scale.

33
ADMISSION

Required to Withdraw 3. Expulsion


Applicants Required to Withdraw (or its equivalent) A person who has been expelled from the
from this or any other post-secondary institution University of Lethbridge or any other post-
will not be considered for admission to the secondary institution will not be considered for
University of Lethbridge until at least one full year admission without the written approval of the Vice-
has elapsed. President (Academic).
Applicants who were Required to Withdraw prior 4. CONTINUING STUDENTS CHANGING
to application must complete no less than eight PROGRAMS
transferable courses with an overall GPA of 2.50 or A University of Lethbridge student who has continuing
higher on the 4.0 scale to be eligible for General student status and who wishes to change the academic
Admission. Any applicant Required to Withdraw program to one involving another Faculty/School must apply
from a recognized post-secondary program and for the new program. Continuing student applicants changing
subsequently admitted to the University of to quota programs will be considered according to the same
Lethbridge will be admitted on condition of admission criteria as new transfer applicants.
Academic Probation.
To be considered, students currently enrolled in programs at
Normally, applicants who have been Required to the University must obtain, complete and submit to the
Withdraw from this or any other post-secondary Admissions Office an Application for Admission to Specialized
institution more than once are not eligible for Programs form. This form is available at the Registrar’s Office
admission and shall be considered for admission and Student Services (ROSS).
only on the recommendation of the appropriate
Dean. 5. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Policies on admission after required withdrawal are a. Academic Qualifications
also included in Section 8.b. (p. 40), Part 7 - Arts Applicants from other countries must present
and Science (p. 89), Part 8 - Education (p. qualifications comparable to those of Canadian
154), Part 10 - Health Sciences (p. 185), and applicants. Completed, appropriate secondary
Part 11 - Management (p. 196). In particular, qualifications from other countries will be considered for
Tabula Rasa is available only in the Faculty of Arts High School admission, and study at recognized
and Science (see Section 3.e., p. 89) and the universities and colleges will be considered for New
School of Health Sciences (see Section 6.c, p. Transfer, College Diploma or Previous Degree admission,
185). as appropriate.
h. Graduated Students Details on requirements for specific countries are
A student who has graduated from a program at the available from Admissions, and at our website:
University must successfully apply for admission to http://www.uleth.ca/reg-adn/intreq.html
another program in order to pursue studies as an For International High School Requirements, see page 37.
admitted student. Otherwise, such students must register b. English Language Requirements
using the Unclassified Student route (see Part 2 -
Registration, Section 3.f., p. 44). The University of Lethbridge has English language
requirements for all applicants. These requirements are
i. Applicants With Unsatisfactory Post-Secondary not affected by citizenship but by first language,
Records educational experience and writing proficiency. They are
explained in Section 6 (p. 35).
1. Required to Withdraw
Persons who have been Required to Withdraw from c. Transfer Credit and Admission
the University of Lethbridge or another post- Transcripts presented by an International Student will
secondary institution will not be considered for first be considered to determine the admissibility of the
admission until one year has elapsed from the end of student. Subsequent to admission, completed courses
the studies from which they were required to will be considered for transfer credit. The number of
withdraw. If, without satisfactory intervening studies, courses considered to be transferable in the context of
such a person is subsequently offered admission to the admission decision may or may not coincide with the
the University it will be on the condition of number of courses ultimately awarded transfer credit.
Academic Probation. Students Required to It will be the responsibility of International Students to
Withdraw from the University of Lethbridge should provide English translations of any transcript materials
also refer to Section 3.g. Returning After an not in English or French, which are deemed to be official
Absence from the University of Lethbridge and otherwise acceptable by Admissions.
(p. 31) and Section 8.b. Procedures for
Readmission (p. 40). d. Conjoint Admission
Conjoint Admission may be offered to applicants:
2. Suspension
A person will not be considered for admission if 1. whose first language is not English, and;
under an order of suspension from the University of 2. whose academic qualifications satisfy the
Lethbridge. A person under an order of suspension requirements of the program they seek, and;
from another post-secondary institution will not be 3. who have not met the University's English Language
considered for admission without the written Proficiency (ELP) requirement (see Section 6, p.
approval of the Vice-President (Academic). 35)
34
ADMISSION
Note: One way to satisfy the University’s English Language b. Most recent official TOEFL (Test of English as a
Proficiency (ELP) requirement is to successfully Foreign Language) score, taken within the last
complete the University’s English as a Second two years. Any one of:
Language for Academic Purposes (EAP) program.
Conjoint Admission offers an opportunity to accomplish • at least 550 on the paper-based test, or at
both of these while at the same time obtaining least 213 on the computer-based test, or
admission to the academic program. • (commencing September 2005) a score of
An applicant who accepts an offer of Conjoint at least 80 on the iBT TOEFL (UofL
Admission is admitted to an academic program, of which institutional code is 0855);
the first component is successful completion of the c. Most recent official Academic IELTS
University's English as a Second Language for Academic (International English Language Testing System)
Purposes (EAP) program. Upon arrival at the University, score of at least 6.0 with no band less than 5.5,
Conjoint Admission students will be tested and placed in taken within the last two years;
the appropriate level of EAP.
d. Most recent official CAEL (Canadian
Conjoint Admission students who are placed in or who Assessment of English Language) score of 60
progress to the Advanced Level of EAP may register in or better, taken within the last two years;
one academic course, to be taken concurrently with EAP
e. A grade of 75 percent or better in the Alberta
classes. Selection of the academic course is made with
English 30 diploma examination;
the approval of the International Liaison Officer in the
Centre for International Students, in close consultation f. A final grade of 80 percent or better in English
with the appropriate academic advising office. Until EAP 30 or its equivalent from any province in
has been successfully completed or the ELP requirement Canada;
satisfied by some other means, Conjoint Admission g. A passing grade in an English for Academic
students may not register in academic courses in any Fall, Purposes (EAP) program which is accepted as
Spring or Summer semester, without the permission of a means of satisfying ELP by another
the International Liaison Officer. recognized Canadian university, and whose ELP
Upon satisfying ELP by any means, Conjoint Admission requirement is at least as demanding as is that
students may commence their full academic programs, as of the University of Lethbridge; or,
regular students. h. A passing grade in an EAP program approved
Conjoint Admission students, while continuously by the Assistant Registrar (Admissions).
enrolled in EAP classes are considered to be full-time
2. In the absence of contradictory evidence, the
students.
English Language Proficiency requirement may be
Admission will be rescinded if a Conjoint Admission waived for applicants who meet any one of the
student fails to pass the Advanced Level of EAP after two following criteria; individual circumstances will be
attempts. reviewed by the Assistant Registrar (Admissions)
6. ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND WRITING whose decision shall be final:
REQUIREMENTS a. At least three consecutive years of full-time
The University of Lethbridge administers two levels of English study in a country where the primary language
language requirements for applicants: is English and in a recognized institution where
the primary language of the institution is
• The English Language Proficiency (ELP) English.These studies must include satisfactory
requirement applies to all applicants whose first language completion of English 30 or its equivalent, or of
is not English. at least two transferable semester courses in
English. These studies must precede admission
• The Writing Proficiency Requirement (WPR) is an by not more than two years.
admission requirement for all applicants to programs
involving the Faculty of Education (see Part 6 - b. Graduation with an approved high school
International Students, Section 3.b., p. 86). credential, including at least three consecutive
years of full-time academic study, from an
a. English Language Proficiency Requirement institution where the language of instruction is
The English Language Proficiency (ELP) requirement English.
applies to all applicants to undergraduate programs c. Successful completion of a recognized degree
whose first language is not English, regardless of or diploma requiring at least two full years of
citizenship or country of origin. academic study at a post-secondary institution
Note: The following policies do not apply to Audit, Visiting or where the language of instruction is English.
Exchange Students. d. The English Language Proficiency requirement
1. Proof of English Language Proficiency must be will be waived for applicants educated in the
provided prior to admission. Acceptable evidence following countries.
of ELP may be any one of: Applicants educated in countries marked with
a. Successful completion of the Advanced Level, an asterisk (*) are required to supply docu-
English as a Second Language for Academic mentation indicating that the language of
Purposes (EAP) program at the University of instruction was English:
Lethbridge;
35
ADMISSION

American Samoa Namibia 2. For students returning after an absence,


Anguilla * Netherlands transcripts for work completed during the absence
Antigua New Zealand at post-secondary institutions will be evaluated for
Australia Nigeria transfer credit in the course of consideration for
Bahamas * Norway readmission.
* Bangladesh Pacific Islands
Barbados * Pakistan 3. It is the responsibility of the applicant to provide, as
Belize Panama Canal Zone support for the application for admission or
Bermuda Papua New Guinea readmission, full and complete information on all
British Virgin Islands Puerto Rico post-secondary attendance. Failure to do so relieves
* Cameroon Ryukyu Islands the University of any responsibility to award
Cayman Islands Seychelles transfer credit and, depending on the criteria
Dominica Sierra Leone leading to an admission decision, may lead to the
Falkland Islands Singapore rescinding of admission and cancellation of
Fiji Solomon Islands registration.
Gambia South Africa
* Germany St. Helena 4. Continuing University of Lethbridge students
Ghana St. Kitts and Nevis may take courses elsewhere under Visiting
Gibraltar St. Lucia Student or Exchange Student authorization.
Grenada St.Vincent, Grenadines Such students must obtain prior approval in writing
Guam Swaziland from the appropriate Faculty/School Dean or
Guyana * Sweden Dean’s designate. Transfer credit will only be
* Hong Kong Tanzania awarded when Visiting Student authorization is
* India Tonga obtained in advance of the completion of studies.
Ireland Trinidad and Tobago Authorized Exchange Students will receive Pass/Fail
* Israel Turks and Caicos grades for courses completed during the exchange.
Jamaica Uganda Subsequent to completing the course work at the
Kenya United Kingdom designated institution, the student must have official
Lesotho (England, Scotland, N. transcripts forwarded from that institution to the
Liberia Ireland, and Wales) Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS) at
Malawi United States the University of Lethbridge, that they may be
* Malaysia U.S.Virgin Islands evaluated for transfer credit.
Malta * Vanuatu
Mauritius Zambia 5. Simultaneous enrolment
Montserrat Zimbabwe A course shall be counted only once to satisfy the
In all cases, waivers are subject to the absence of requirements of post-secondary qualifications. No
contradictory evidence, such as a low grade on an student will be permitted to enroll in a University of
English-based course, a low TOEFL score or Lethbridge degree or diploma program, while
severe communication difficulties. simultaneously working towards a degree or
Special arrangements will be made for students attending diploma at another institution.
the University under an approved exchange program. b. Transfer and Evaluation Policies
b. Writing Proficiency Requirement
1. The Admissions Office has final authority, subject to
The Writing Proficiency Requirement (WPR) is an appeal, in the evaluation and assignment of transfer
admission requirement for all applicants to programs credit.
involving the Faculty of Education. Full information is
found in Part 8 - Education (p. 150) and Part 13 - To facilitate the negotiation of transfer
Combined Degrees. arrangements among post-secondary institutions
within the Province of Alberta, the procedures
7. TRANSFER AND EVALUATION OF CREDIT - established by the Alberta Council on Admissions
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES and Transfer (outlined in the Alberta Transfer
Many students are eligible to have some or all previous post- Guide) shall be followed.
secondary work transferred for credit toward completion
Applications for transfer credit evaluations and
of their University of Lethbridge program. Transfer of credit
serves to reduce the number of courses which must be transfer credit appeals are initiated with Admissions.
completed at the University of Lethbridge in order to Upon application by a student for transfer credit,
complete a program of studies. Transfer of credit is not Admissions shall consult as necessary with the
available to persons enrolled in classes at the University who appropriate Faculty/School. Admissions approval is
have not been admitted to programs (i.e., transfer of credit is required for any recommendations to award
not available to Audit, Exchange, Unclassified or Visiting transfer credit.
Students). Admissions is charged with maintaining records of
a. Procedures all evaluations at the University, which shall serve as
the standards for future evaluations.
1. For New Transfer students, transcripts from
previous post-secondary institutions will be 2. Transfer credit may be awarded only for courses
evaluated for transfer credit in the program of which apply to the student’s University of
consideration for admission. Lethbridge program.
36
ADMISSION
International Secondary/High School Admission Requirements for the University of Lethbridge
Country Secondary/High School Requirements Comments
(Contact Admissions for requirements for countries not shown below)

Argentina Bachillerato (de Nivel Medio o Segundario o Especializado)


Australia Secondary school leaving certificate, appropriate to Territory
Austria Secondary school leaving certificate (Reifezegnis or Reifeprüfungszeugnis)
Bangladesh Higher Secondary Certificate (First division)
Barbados Caribbean Examination Council Secondary Education Certificate, plus Advanced British model (see below)
level studies
P.R. of China Senior Middle School Diploma and National College Entrance Examination, or equivalent; or,
Senior Middle School Diploma and an average grade of 75% or higher (where 50% is the passing
grade) on 12th Grade (Year Three of Senior Middle School) English and four of: Chinese, Biology,
Chemistry, another language, Geography, Mathematics, or Physics, with no single grade less than 50%
France Secondary Education Baccalaureate
Germany School leaving certificate (Zeugnis der Allgemeinen Hs.)
Hong Kong HK Certificate of Education and HKALE (see also P.R. of China) British model
India Higher Secondary School Certificate or equivalent (First division).
Considered equivalent: First Year B.A., B.Sc., or B.Comm. Examinations;
All Indian Senior Degree; Intermediate Certificate Preprofessional examinations.
Iran Diploma-Metevaseth, and June Written Examinations
Israel Matriculation Certificate (Bagrut)
Italy Maturita diploma (Diploma Di Esame Di Stato Conclusivo Dei Corsi Di Istruzione Secondaria Superiore)
Jamaica See Barbados British Model
Japan Upper Secondary school leaving certificate (Kotogakko Sotsugyo Shomeisho)
Kenya Kenyan Certificate of Secondary Education British model
D.P.R. of Korea Secondary school leaving certificate
Republic of Korea Graduation certificate from academic high school
Malaysia Malaysia Certificate of Education (SPM) plus studies at Malaysian Higher School British model
Certificate (STPM) level, or Certificate of Unified Examination (MICSS) from Independent Chinese
Secondary Schools
Mexico Bachillerato
Mongolia School leaving certificate (Gerchilgee)
Netherlands Voorber.wetensh.onderwijs (VWO)
Nigeria Senior Secondary School Certificate (SSSC) or West African School Certificate (WAEC), British model
and Higher School Certificate or GCE - Advanced level studies
Pakistan Intermediate or Higher Secondary Certificate (First division required for either)
Russia Maturity certificate from academic high school (Attesta)
Saudi Arabia General Secondary Education Certificate (Tawjihiya)
Singapore Singapore-Cambridge GCE, Ordinary level plus Advanced level courses British model
Spain Curso de Orientación Universitario (COU)
Taiwan Senior High School Leaving Certificate
Thailand Higher Secondary School Certificate (Mattaayom Suksa 6)
Trinidad and Tobago See Barbados British model
Turkey State or Private Secondary School Diploma (Lise Diplomasi )
Uganda Cambridge GCE or East African Certificate of Education, Ordinary, plus Advanced British model
studies (Uganda Advanced Certificate of Education)
United Arab Emirates Secondary school leaving certificate (Shahadat Al-Thanawiya Al-Amma)
United Kingdom GCE, Ordinary level or equivalent, plus courses at the Advanced level British model
United States High school diploma, and either SAT or ACT test results. For SAT tests, results from Admission average based on
both SAT I and three SAT II achievement tests are required. See also Section 3.e. SAT or ACT results
Standardized Test Admission Route (p. 30).
Vietnam Baccalauréat II (Tu-Tai Hai), or Baccalauréat I and Advanced Certificate, or Tot Nghiep Pho Thong

For British model systems: At least five distinct courses with appropriate grade achievement, including at least three courses at the Ordinary level (or equivalent) and at
least two courses at the Advanced level (or equivalent).The courses must include English, and a course will not be considered if it duplicates a
course subject at the other level. All five courses are used in calculating the admission average. Students who have completed Ordinary level
and subsequently completed either an Advanced International Certificate of Education (AICE) Diploma or a year of overseas College
Foundation studies (including English) will be considered.Transfer credit will be considered for Advanced level courses in appropriate subjects,
completed with grades of ‘C’ or higher. Credit for up to a maximum of ten semester courses may be obtained in this manner.

37
ADMISSION

Transfer credit awarded on admission to one who completed the course in the year prior to its
program must be re-evaluated should the student publication in the Alberta Transfer Guide.
change to a different program. It is the student’s On appeal by the student and where a change will
responsibility to request this re-evaluation. benefit the student, a Faculty/School may, with
3. Transfer credit may be awarded only for courses reasonable grounds, recommend exemption from
which were completed and assigned a passing grade. the published agreement. This Faculty/School
recommendation shall not alter the published
Courses transferred for credit are subject to evaluation.
Faculty/School policies regarding minimum grade
requirements. 8. Courses taken at any accredited or recognized
post-secondary institution may be awarded transfer
When a transfer student presents a transferable
credit depending on the nature of the institution,
course with a grade of ‘Pass’ (or its equivalent) at
the nature of the courses and the program of the
the sending institution:
student presenting the courses.
a. The hours for the course will count toward
program completion in the manner assigned by 9. Year of the Calendar
Admissions (either direct transfer, Contingent A student admitted or readmitted to a program
or Extra to Program); and offered by the University is governed by the
b. The transfer grade will be preserved as ‘P’ as program requirements of the Calendar in effect at
appropriate. the time of the most recent admission (see
Section 9.f., p. 41 for details).
The student’s transfer GPA and University of
Lethbridge GPA will not be affected in any way.The 10. Upon admission or readmission to a program,
University reserves the right to assign a numeric courses taken by an Unclassified Student at the
grade where circumstances indicate this is University of Lethbridge may be counted toward
appropriate. the student’s program, subject to the appropriate
rules of the Faculty/School regarding courses
4. Admissions shall develop and apply grade completed prior to admission and Required
conversion standards, under the authority of the Withdrawal.
Admission Standards Committee.
11. International Students - see Section 5 (p. 34).
5. Courses which have been awarded credit at
another recognized Canadian university or at a 12. The University of Lethbridge does not award
recognized university college in Alberta or British transfer credit on the basis of Challenge for
Columbia are generally transferable for credit to Credit. Instead, waiver of specific requirements
the University of Lethbridge, subject to other leading to a certificate, diploma, or degree may be
University policies including program and major, granted by the Faculty/School (see Part 4 -
residence requirements, time limits, and program Academic Regulations, Section 3.b.Waiver of
requirements. Prerequisite/Corequisite, p. 64, for more
information).
6. Courses taken at post-secondary institutions in
Alberta, if acceptable for credit at either the 13. Evaluating Courses From Non-Accredited
University of Alberta or The University of Calgary, Institutions
are normally eligible for transfer credit at the When a course taught by an unrecognized
University of Lethbridge. The Alberta Transfer institution is presented for transfer credit, it is
Guide shall be the primary authority for such evaluated by the appropriate Faculty/School. The
courses. recommendation serves as a standard only for
students who completed the identical course
In general, courses taken at post-secondary
experience - institution, section and time - and are
institutions in Canada, if acceptable for credit at one
pursuing the same program of studies as the
or more of the major residential universities for the student who originally presented the course for
appropriate province, shall normally be transferred transfer credit.
for credit at the University of Lethbridge. The
provincial transfer guide for the province in In determining whether a course may be awarded
question shall be the primary authority for such Individual Credit, the Faculty/School evaluators
courses. shall make the determination after considering the
following:
Specified courses taken at post-secondary
institutions with which the University maintains a. The institution is recognized or accredited. If
not recognized or accredited, the institution
formal course transfer arrangements are normally
maintains academic standards equivalent to
accepted for credit. For example, the University has
those maintained by accredited institutions.
course agreements with The College of the Rockies.
b. The course experience of the student was
7. Once a transfer course evaluation has been comparable to that which would have been
approved by the University of Lethbridge and has presented at the University of Lethbridge.This
been printed in the Alberta Transfer Guide, that determination is based on consideration of
evaluation shall serve as the authority for the materials which may include any of: course
course in question. A published transfer descriptions, course outlines, course
arrangement will also be honoured for students scheduling information, course assignments,
38
ADMISSION
statements of instructor credentials, textbook Panel, which shall include: the Registrar as Chair;
and resource materials, and final examinations. the Assistant Registrar (Admissions); two members
c. The transfer credit to be awarded is from the Admission Standards Committee, one of
appropriate to the student’s program at the whom shall be a student; and at least one member
University of Lethbridge. from the academic unit involved in the appeal.
d. Instructor qualifications are appropriate to the In addition to any materials which the student
material and the content of the course. chooses to submit, it shall be the responsibility of
Generally, Masters credentials are preferable the student to provide any materials requested by
for introductory courses and Doctorates for the Panel in a manner acceptable to them, and
advanced material. which may include any of: course descriptions,
course outlines, course scheduling information,
14. Transfer of credit shall be subject to Faculty/School course assignments, statements of instructor
regulations, including but not limited to those found credentials, textbook and resource materials, and
below.The student is also referred to the residence final examinations.
requirements of individual Faculties/Schools. Where The Panel may request the appearance of the
the transfer credit regulations appear to contradict student for an interview, at which the student may
the residence requirements of individual be accompanied by a fellow student or by a Faculty
Faculties/Schools, the residence requirements shall member of the University.
prevail (see Part 4 - Academic Regulations,
The student shall have up to 60 days to assemble
Section 3.e., p. 65). the materials requested and to prepare for an
For some University of Lethbridge programs, students interview with the Panel.
are required to take courses at another institution Subsequent to the interview or final meeting, the
under Visiting Student authorization. Visiting Student Panel shall have 7 days to render a decision. This
authorization will be granted to these students. Such decision shall be final.
courses taken under Visiting Student authorization
will be counted as University of Lethbridge courses 8. HOW TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION
toward meeting the minimum residence requirement
(see Section 3.d., p. 30). a. Procedures for All Applicants
Applicants must submit the following to the Admissions
15. Courses taken during the completion of a previous Office:
undergraduate degree may satisfy particular course
requirements of a program at the University of 1. An Application for Admission Form, complete in
Lethbridge (see Section 3.b.5. Previous Degree, every respect, accompanied by a non-refundable fee
p. 29). of $60.* Only one application will be considered in
a given semester, from any applicant.
Courses which the student completed subsequent
to the conferral of a previous degree or which were * This is a once-only lifetime fee at each of the undergraduate
and graduate levels.
classified by the awarding institution as extra to
degree at the time of conferral may be approved for 2. Official transcripts from all secondary (high school)
transfer credit. jurisdictions and post-secondary (college or
university) institutions attended.Transcripts must be
c. Procedures for Student Appeal
sent directly from the issuing institutions to the
1. A student who chooses not to accept an Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS) at
Admissions decision regarding transfer credit shall the University of Lethbridge. Where possible,
have one full year, from the day the transfer transcripts for secondary schools should be
courses were evaluated by Admissions, in which to issued from the appropriate provincial
lodge an appeal.The appeal shall be made in writing Department of Education.
to the Assistant Registrar (Admissions) and shall set All applicants currently studying at other
out the student’s rationale for appealing the institutions are strongly advised to arrange, at the
Admissions decision. time of application, for the submission of interim
The Assistant Registrar (Admissions) shall have 14 transcripts if necessary final transcripts are not yet
days to render a decision regarding the appeal.This available. Final, official transcripts must be submitted
decision, and any supporting rationale, shall be on or before the document deadline.
communicated in writing to the student and copied
to the Associate Vice-President (Student Services) 3. Applicants for Early Admission must complete, on
and Registrar. the regular Application for Undergraduate
Admission Form, the statement of courses in
2. In the event of a negative decision by the Assistant progress (including current semester grades) and
Registrar (Admissions), and the determination of present an official transcript of courses already
the student to pursue the appeal, the student shall completed at the time of application (see Section
have 14 days from the mailing of the Assistant 3.a.3. Early Admission, p. 24, for complete
Registrar’s decision to forward a letter to the details).
Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and
Registrar requesting further consideration. 4. Notarized English translations must accompany all
documents that are not in either the English or
The Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and French languages.
Registrar shall have 20 days from the time of
receiving the second appeal to establish an Appeal
39
ADMISSION

5. Additional Procedures for Adult Applicants Registrar may revoke the applicant’s or student’s
Applicants must follow the above procedures and in admission status, up to and including immediate and
addition, submit a résumé and a Letter of Intent (see permanent dismissal from the University.
Section 3.c., p. 29). Misrepresentation, falsification of documents, or
withholding requested information are serious
b. Procedures for Readmission offenses which may result in prosecution under the
University of Lethbridge Calendar policies and/or
1. Voluntary or Required Withdrawal
the Criminal Code of Canada.
A former University of Lethbridge student who has
previously withdrawn, either voluntarily or because 3. To verify the appropriateness of the decisions of
required to do so by a Faculty or School Council, Admissions representatives, to call attention to
must submit a new Application for Admission Form perceived shortcomings (if any), and if necessary, to
to the University. If the applicant has attended any appeal these decisions according to the Appeal
educational institutions in the interim, the applicant Policy (see Section 7.c. Procedures for Student
must arrange for official transcripts to be sent to Appeal, p. 39).
the University of Lethbridge from these institutions.
4. Where unspecified transfer credit has been
Similarly, a student who has graduated from a awarded, to consult with the appropriate Academic
program at the University must successfully apply Advisor regarding implications for the course
for admission to another program in order to requirements of the student’s program.
pursue studies as an admitted student. Otherwise,
such students must register using the Unclassified 9. POLICIES FOR ALL STUDENTS
Student route (see Part 2 - Registration, a. Access to Courses
Section 3.f., p. 44).
Applicants should note that although admission may be
2. Returning to the University of Lethbridge after granted to the University, eligibility to enrol in
Visiting and Exchange Studies specific courses may be denied if the appropriate
See Part 1 - Admission, Section 3.d.4. (p. 30) prerequisite high school or post-secondary course has
and Part 2 - Registration, Section 3.d.1. (p. 44). not been completed (e.g., Statistics 1770, which is
required for the B.Mgt. degree, has a prerequisite of
c. Procedures for Acceptance to Undergraduate Mathematics 30 or Pure Mathematics 30, or Applied
Programs in the Faculty of Education, Faculty of Mathematics 30 and at least 75% standing in Athabasca
Fine Arts, School of Health Sciences, Faculty of University’s Mathematics 101). Applicants who are
Management, or to any Combined Degrees concerned about prerequisite courses for their desired
program program should check with Admissions.
1. Students not currently enrolled in programs at the b. Professional Transfer Programs
University must follow the procedures outlined in
8.a. or 8.b., above. Many university courses, including introductory courses,
have prerequisite high school courses. Applicants who
2. Students currently enrolled in programs at the intend to enrol in one of the professional transfer
University must obtain, complete and submit to the programs leading to degrees elsewhere should note that,
Admissions Office an Application for Admission to while a student may be admissible to the Faculty of Arts
Specialized Programs Form. and Science, a longer period may be required to meet the
requirements for a professional program if these
3. Conditional Admission may be offered to Transfer prerequisite high school courses or their equivalents
applicants applying for entry into undergraduate have not been completed prior to admission.
programs (see Section 9.e. Conditional
Admission, p. 41). c. Enrolment Management
d. Undergraduate Program Application and he University of Lethbridge subscribes to enrolment
Document Deadlines, see page 23. management policies as resources become exhausted.
For High School applicants, the basic admission average
e. Graduate Program Application and Document requirement is 60 percent. However, the University has
Deadlines, see page 22. set the admission cut-off average for General Admission
at 68 percent for 2005-2006. For New Transfer
f. Responsibility of the Applicant or Student
applicants, the basic requirement for General Admission
It is the responsibility of the applicant or student: is a GPA of 2.50 on the 4.0 scale; some programs have a
1. To provide full and complete information at the higher GPA requirement for transfer students. The GPA
time of application for admission or readmission. requirement for College Diploma applicants varies
according to the program.
2. To provide any materials relating to post-secondary As the minimum is reviewed yearly, applicants should
studies which the University may reasonably contact the Admissions Office for the current
request in order to make decisions regarding either requirement.
admission to the University or transfer credit
evaluation. d. Enrolment Limits and Admission Quotas
Where an applicant or student is found to have The University of Lethbridge guarantees that admitted
provided false or incomplete information on an students will have timely access to courses required to
application for admission or transfer credit, the complete the student’s program. However, admission to
Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and the University does not constitute a guarantee that a
40
ADMISSION
student will be able to register for any particular course one in effect at the point of most recent admission to the
in a given semester. Alberta college system to the Calendar in effect at the
Enrolment limits are enforced by all Faculties and point of admission to the University of Lethbridge.
Schools. Where demand for access exceeds program or The University also recognizes transfer arrangements
major capacity, admission will be limited according to with The College of the Rockies, and treats students
approved enrolment management policies. Applicants transferring from this institution in an equivalent manner
will be assigned admission priority chiefly on the basis of with respect to the year of the governing Calendar.
academic merit. Subject to individual Faculty/School
Transfer students from institutions other than those with
policies, High School applicants will typically be assigned
which the University has established transfer
priority on the basis of admission average. New Transfer
applicants will be assigned priority on the basis of arrangements will be treated according to current
admission grade point average. Notwithstanding, the policies for new student admissions, and therefore be
University reserves the right to limit admission to any or subject to all the requirements of the Calendar in effect
all programs without advance notice. at the time of admission or readmission.
Faculties/Schools may have quotas; satisfying admission g. Simultaneous Enrolment
requirements for a program does not guarantee A course shall be counted only once to satisfy the
admission to the program nor to a specific major within requirements of post-secondary qualifications. No
the program. student will be permitted to enroll in a University of
e. Conditional Admission Lethbridge degree or diploma program, while
simultaneously working towards a degree or diploma at
Conditional Admission may be offered to applicants
another institution.
studying at Canadian institutions. This provides program
admission which is conditional on the eventual h. Academic Probation
satisfaction of certain admission requirements. For
example, a student may be offered admission on the basis An applicant who was on Academic Probation upon
of satisfactory completion of studies still in progress at leaving the University must complete no less than
another institution or at the University of Lethbridge. four transferable semester courses, in a satisfactory
Students failing to meet the condition in a satisfactory manner (i.e., passing grades in all courses with a
manner in the time specified may be required to GPA of at least 2.50 on the 4.0 scale), to be eligible
withdraw from the program of admission; in such cases, for readmission. Normally, students readmitted
the student’s qualifications will be reviewed for possible after leaving on Academic Probation will be
admission to another program at the University, or the readmitted on condition of Academic Probation.
student may be allowed to complete the semester as an
Unclassified Student. i. Required to Withdraw
Applicants Required to Withdraw (or its equivalent)
f. Year of the Calendar
from this or any other post-secondary institution
A student admitted or readmitted to the University is will not be considered for admission to the
governed by the program requirements of the University of Lethbridge until at least one full year
Calendar in effect at the time of the most recent has elapsed.
admission. However, students are governed by the
current Calendar in all other respects (e.g., order of Applicants who were Required to Withdraw prior
registration, fees, course prerequisites) regardless of the to application must complete no less than eight
year of admission or readmission. transferable courses with an overall GPA of 2.50 or
When a student’s registration at the University is higher on the 4.0 scale to be eligible for General
interrupted and the student subsequently is readmitted Admission. Any applicant Required to Withdraw
to a University program, the student shall be governed by from a recognized post-secondary program and
the Calendar in effect at the time of readmission, unless subsequently admitted to the University of
granted special permission. Lethbridge will be admitted on condition of
A continuing student may opt to be governed by any Academic Probation.
Calendar from the one in effect at the point of most Normally, applicants who have been Required to
recent admission to the University, to the current Withdraw from this or any other post-secondary
Calendar. If a student opts for a particular Calendar, all institution more than once are not eligible for
program requirements of the chosen Calendar admission and shall be considered for admission
shall apply, while the current Calendar shall apply only on the recommendation of the appropriate
in all other respects. Dean.
Any student wishing to change the Year of the Calendar Policies on admission after required withdrawal are
must apply to the Registrar’s Office and Student Services also included in Section 8.b. (p. 40), Part 7 -
(ROSS). Arts and Science (p. 89), Part 8 - Education
Students continuously registered in a formally-approved (p. 154), Part 10 - Health Sciences (p. 185),
transfer program or in transferable courses at a post- and Part 11 - Management (p. 196). In
secondary institution in the Alberta Council of particular, Tabula Rasa is available only in the Faculty
Admission and Transfer, are normally admitted under the of Arts and Science (see Section 3.e., p. 89) and
current Calendar. However, the students may be treated the School of Health Sciences (see Section 6.c, p.
as if they had been continuously registered at the 185).
University during that period.They may, therefore, when
admitted to the University, opt for any Calendar from the
41
ADMISSION

10. CAVEAT - AUTHORITY TO RESCIND ADMISSION 11. EXPLANATION OF TERMS


a. A person who has applied for admission to a program of Accredited or Recognized Institution - Generally, an accredited or
studies in a course, or an Undergraduate or Graduate recognized post-secondary institution is one approved by the
program at the University of Lethbridge, either in a full- government of the country in which it is located to grant
time, part-time, Unclassified, Visiting or any other degrees, diplomas or certificates, or to provide post-
category of admission, shall not be considered a ‘student’ secondary courses leading to these qualifications, or one
for the purposes of the rights and privileges accorded to licensed for post-secondary education purposes. Institutions
a student of the University of Lethbridge, until the date
may be deemed to be accredited through recognition by
that the person commences academic studies at the
institution or the first day of the academic semester for accrediting organizations or by such recognized educational
which the application applies, whichever shall last occur, organizations as the American Association of Collegiate
and notwithstanding any act or notice of acceptance or Registrars and Admissions Officers (AACRAO).
admission may have been communicated to the applicant. Credit, specified and unspecified - Advanced course credit may
b. Until modified by resolution of the Board, the President be granted in terms of specific course equivalents (e.g., ENGL
shall have the power and authority in his/her capacity as 1900) or in terms of approximating subject and course-level
President, and as representative of the Board of credits (e.g., ENGL 1000 level, UNSPECIFIED). These are,
Governors, to withdraw from consideration, terminate, respectively, specified and unspecified credit. Specified credits
withdraw or reject any application for admission to a satisfy specific program requirements; appropriate unspecified
course, an Undergraduate Studies program or Graduate credit may satisfy specific program requirements.
Studies program at the University of Lethbridge, either in
a full-time, part-time, Unclassified, Visiting or any other General Admission - A student guaranteed general admission is
category of admission, at any time prior to the date that regarded to have met the basic prevailing admission criteria
the applicant commences academic studies at the for non-quota programs in the Faculty of Arts and Science or
University or the first day of the academic semester for the Faculty of Fine Arts.
which the application applies, whichever shall last occur. Transfer Students - Students who have attended other post-
c. The powers of the President to withdraw from secondary institutions and who have completed three or
consideration, terminate or reject any application for more transferable semester courses.
admission or any applicant, may be exercised in any Transferable course - A course at another post-secondary
circumstance where the President in his/her sole
discretion determines that: institution for which credit may be granted toward a
University of Lethbridge degree.
1. The applicant represents a potential risk to the
safety, security or well-being of members of the
University community, including but not restricted
to students, faculty and administration;
2. The applicant has provided false information in the
application for admission to studies;
3. The best interests of the University outweigh the
inclusion of the applicant as a student at the
University.
d. The foregoing powers of the President may be exercised,
notwithstanding that an applicant may have been
provided a notification of acceptance into a program or
course of study at the University of Lethbridge, and any
such decision shall be final and without appeal to any
body in the University of Lethbridge.

42
Part 2

REGISTRATION
1. STUDENT RECORDS RETENTION POLICY . . . .43 6. REGISTRATION LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

REGISTRATION
2. ADVICE AND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 a. Timetable Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
b. Maximum Credit Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
3. TERMS USED DURING REGISTRATION . . . . . . .43 c. Duplication of Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
a. Enrolment and Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
b. Year of Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 d. Faculty/School Quotas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
c. Part-Time and Full-Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 e. Graduated Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
d. Visiting and Exchange Students . . . . . . . . . . . .44 f. Holds on Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
e. Audit Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
f. Unclassified Student (formerly Occasional Student) 44 7. COURSE ADD/DROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

4. WHEN TO REGISTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 8. CANCELLATION AND WITHDRAWAL . . . . . . . .47


a. New Students and Those Returning a. Classroom Privileges - Students . . . . . . . . . . . .47
After an Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 b. Cancellation of Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
b. Graduated Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
c. Complete Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
c. Admitted Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
d. Registration in Off-Campus Courses . . . . . . . .46 d. Course Withdrawal - Part-Time and Full-Time
e. Applied Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
e. Course Withdrawal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
5. ORDER OF REGISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
a. Within the Academic Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
b. At Continuing Student Registration . . . . . . . .46
c. After Continuing Student Registration . . . . . .46

1. STUDENT RECORDS RETENTION POLICY Students who decide not to attend the University must cancel
The permanent official folder for each student is maintained their registration prior to the Add/Drop deadline (see
by the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS). The Section 8. Cancellation and Withdrawal, p. 47).
contents of this folder shall be destroyed according to the 3. TERMS USED DURING REGISTRATION
following schedule:
a. Enrolment and Registration
a. For students who have graduated, five years after the For purposes of this Calendar, these terms are used
most recent registration activity of any description, interchangeably.
except for those files containing documents pertaining to
disciplinary action. Bridge: The University’s online registration system is
available for all students (http://www.uleth.ca/bridge).
b. For students who have not graduated, seven years after
b. Year of Student
the most recent registration activity of any description,
except for those files containing documents pertaining to Students are classified by year level according to the
disciplinary action. number of credit hours they have successfully completed
(i.e., this does not include courses in which the student
Prior to the destruction of the folder, the Registrar’s Office is currently registered).
and Student Services (ROSS) shall ensure that the contents of
Number of Successfully Completed
the file are reflected in the student’s electronic record,
Year Credit Hours (Semester Course Equivalents)
according to the policies governing admission, registration and
1 0 - 29.5 (0 - 9)
academic history.
2 30 - 59.5 (10 - 19)
For more information see Confidentiality of Student Records 3 60 - 89.5 (20 - 29)
Policy (Part 4 - Academic Regulations, Section 4.e., p. 4 90 - 119.5 (30 - 39)
74). 5 120 or above (40 and above)
2. ADVICE AND INFORMATION c. Part-Time and Full-Time
Students who wish academic advice during registration should 1. a. Fall and Spring Semesters
seek it from the relevant academic advisor.
A part-time student is registered in fewer than
Students who wish other kinds of information and advice 9.0 credit hours (three semester courses or
about registration, such as deadlines and procedures, should equivalent). A full-time student is registered in
ask at the Information Centre (SU140). a minimum of 9.0 credit hours (three or more
Students are responsible for the accuracy and semester courses or equivalent).
completeness of their own registration, and are liable The usual course load for a full-time
for the fees for courses in which they are registered. undergraduate student is 15.0 credit hours
43
(five courses) per semester. It should be guaranteed readmission and Continuing
stressed, however, that heavy course loads are Student privileges.
a common cause of poor academic
performance. 2. Visiting and Exchange Students from Other
Universities.
b. Full-Time by Definition
For complete information on registering as a Visiting
Students registered in Co-operative Education or Exchange Student, please see the current
Work Experience courses are considered to Timetable and Registration Guide.
be full-time. Registered M.A., M.Sc. or Ph.D.
REGISTRATION

students are considered to be full-time. e. Audit Student


2. Summer Session - Maximum Load An Audit Student has been granted permission by the
instructor to attend lectures in a course on the
Each Faculty and School has legislated maximum understanding that the student may not participate in
enrolments per session for continuing students. See class discussions (except by invitation of the instructor),
Section 6.b. (p. 46) for maximum loads for each submit assignments or sit for examinations. No degree
Faculty/School. credit is granted for the course. An Audit Registration
3. Summer Session - Financial Support Form must be submitted to the Registrar’s Office and
Student Services (ROSS) by the indicated deadline.
Undergraduate students receiving government
student loans for full-time studies during Summer Audit Students are not required to meet the University’s
(May - August) must be registered in a minimum of English Language Proficiency Requirement.
9 credits and enrolled in Summer Session I and II/III An Audit Student, who is not also a Continuing, newly
or Summer Session I, II and III. It may be possible admitted or Unclassified Student, is granted the same
for Alberta residents to receive Alberta Student access to University services as a Community user.
Loans for one Summer Session course, but all other Community user fees and restrictions will apply.
borrowers should check with Scholarships and
Student Finance staff about other f. Unclassified Student (formerly Occasional Student)
provincial/territorial eligibility. Unclassified Student registration allows persons
interested in taking courses for general interest to
d. Visiting and Exchange Students register without having to gain admission to the
1. University of Lethbridge Students Studying University.
Elsewhere The following conditions apply to registration as an
Within the residence requirement of the Unclassified Student:
Faculty/School in which they are enrolled, 1. Registration as an Unclassified Student is open to
continuing students in good standing at the any individual not currently admitted to the
University of Lethbridge may be authorized to take University, with some restrictions as outlined below.
courses at another post-secondary institution. Unclassified Student enrolment does not constitute
Students who wish to study as authorized Visiting or formal admission to the University. Unclassified
Exchange students at another institution must Students must present required documents at each
follow the following procedures: registration.
a. Students must apply using an Application for
Visiting Student Authorization or an Application for 2. Students who have been required to withdraw from
Exchange Student Authorization. Approval in this or any other post-secondary institution within
writing must be obtained from the the last 12 months are not encouraged to register
appropriate Faculty/School prior to as Unclassified Students. Courses taken as an
commencement of studies elsewhere. Unclassified Student after Required Withdrawal may
not be used for credit toward programs to which a
b. The student will be registered in Placeholder student may ultimately be admitted without the
courses during the semesters of approved express permission of the Faculty(s)/School(s)
absence from the University of Lethbridge.This offering that program.
allows the student to retain the registration
privileges of a Continuing Student, and the 3. Unclassified Students must meet the University’s
University to keep track of these students for English Language Proficiency Requirement (see
record keeping purposes. Part 1 - Admission, Section 6.a., p. 35).
c. The student will register along with other Unclassified Students must present proof of English
Continuing Students for the semester Language Proficiency at registration. Failure to
following the approved absence, according to present proof will result in denial of registration
the registration instructions for Continuing privileges. Unofficial documents are acceptable.
Students. 4. Course prerequisites must be met where applicable
d. If the student wishes to extend the approved and Faculties/Schools are responsible for enforcing
absence, prior approval must be obtained from prerequisites. Enrolment in some courses may
the appropriate Faculty/School. Otherwise, require permission from the relevant
when the student subsequently applies for Faculty/School. Unclassified Students are required
readmission, it will be according to the policies to present unofficial transcripts of prior post-
and procedures pertaining to students secondary work at registration, if registration into a
returning after an absence, thereby forfeiting course with a prerequisite is to proceed.
44
5. Unclassified Students have access to classes only as admission and graduation requirements of that
space and quotas permit. Registration must take program.
place at dates specified in the Academic
Schedule (p. 12). Students who have been Required to Withdraw
must be readmitted to the University and to the
6. Unclassified Students must meet minimum
academic standards for continuation of registration program of studies before they will be permitted to
privileges. While under Unclassified Student status, graduate. Such students must apply for admission
students are allowed a maximum of two grades according to regular application procedures and

REGISTRATION
below ‘C-’. Any subsequent grade below ‘C-’ results deadlines.
in permanent suspension of Unclassified Student
registration privileges. Such a suspension of 14. Official transcripts are issued for Unclassified
privileges is recorded on the student’s transcript. Students.
At the outset of each term, the Associate Vice-
President (Student Services) and Registrar will 15. Registration requirements are satisfied by the
determine registration eligibility for Unclassified completion of the Unclassified Student Registration
Students. For these purposes, each of the Fall Form and its submission to the Registrar’s Office and
Semester, Spring Semester and the aggregate of all Student Services (ROSS), after paying the
Summer Sessions is considered to be one term. registration fee and deposit at the Cash Office.
7. Unclassified Students are not eligible to use the
Credit/Non-Credit designation. 16. The University routinely offers non-credit programs
to selected groups of students, as do other agencies.
8. Unclassified Students are subject to the same Such students may not be eligible for registration via
Course Withdrawal policies as admitted students.
Please refer to Section 8.d. (p. 47) for complete the Unclassified Student route.With the permission
information. of the Associate Vice-President (Student Services)
and Registrar, students participating in approved
9. Unclassified Students may apply for formal
non-credit programs may register concurrently in
admission or readmission at any time through one
of the approved admission routes. At the point of credit courses as Unclassified Students. Such
admission, courses completed via the Unclassified registrations must be authorized in advance by the
Student route are included in the admission Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and
decision process. Registrar.
10. Unclassified Students whose registration privileges 17. Students denied registration privileges may appeal in
have been suspended may not re-register until they
have attended another post-secondary institution writing to the Associate Registrar. Such appeals will
and have been offered admission to a University of be dealt with by the Associate Registrar and the
Lethbridge program. Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and
11. Students who were previously Required to Registrar.
Withdraw may present courses completed via the 4. WHEN TO REGISTER
Unclassified Student route when reapplying for
admission. Tabula Rasa may be granted to See the Academic Schedule (p. 12) for specific registration
Unclassified Students who were Required to dates. Students who fail to complete registration during the
Withdraw from the University of Lethbridge. If specified period may be assessed a late fee.
granted, Tabula Rasa is applied only to the student’s
record prior to the point of Required Withdrawal a. New Students and Those Returning After an
(see Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section 3.e., p. Absence
89 or Part 10 - Health Sciences, Section 6.c.,
p. 185). After applications have been processed, those eligible for
admission receive full instructions on the procedures to
12. Upon subsequent application for admission or be followed to complete registration.
readmission, courses completed via Unclassified
Student registration may be counted toward the b. Graduated Students
student’s program, subject to the appropriate rules
of the Faculty/School regarding residence and A student who has graduated from a program at the
Required Withdrawal legislation. University must successfully apply for admission to
another program in order to pursue studies as an
13. Only students who have been admitted to a
University of Lethbridge program may graduate admitted student. Otherwise such students must register
with a University of Lethbridge degree, diploma or using the Unclassified Student route.
certificate. However, students who have been
previously admitted, and not subsequently required c. Admitted Students
to withdraw, may graduate while under Unclassified Students currently registered at the University register at
Student status. Such students must have been the times indicated in the Academic Schedule (p. 12).
admitted to the program of graduation at some
point. As well, such students must have met the
45
d. Registration in Off-Campus Courses the Offer of Admission by paying the Confirmation of
Each semester the University offers courses at a number Admission Deposit.
of off-campus centres. Unclassified Students may register Continuing students who did not register during Early
in these courses in person, by mail or via the Bridge. Registration will be permitted to register on a first-come
Admitted students may register using the Bridge. first-served basis.
e. Applied Studies d. Other
Registration in Applied Studies courses is initiated by Registration for off-campus courses organized by
REGISTRATION

application to the Office of Applied Studies no later than organizations affiliated with the University may occur
the published deadline in the Timetable and Registration outside of the legislated Order of Registration.
Guide. Application packages may be obtained from the
Office of Applied Studies (B610; tel. 403-329-2000). 6. REGISTRATION LIMITATIONS

5. ORDER OF REGISTRATION a. Timetable Conflicts


Students are not permitted to register in two classes
a. Within the Academic Year
which are offered at the same time. To avoid delays at
Priority of registration is as follows: registration, students must consult the current semester
• First priority: Students admitted to the University of Timetable carefully. Registration into classes which
Lethbridge, pursuing programs of study offered by overlap or create time conflicts will not be processed.
the University, continuing from one Fall or Spring
Semester to the next term. b. Maximum Credit Hours
• Second priority: Students newly admitted to the During Early Registration, the maximum number of
University of Lethbridge or readmitted after an credit hours in which a student may register is 15.0 (five
absence of a minimum of one Fall or Spring course equivalents). During the first week of classes,
Semester. students may increase their loads to the maximum
allowed by their respective Faculty/School. Physical
• Third priority: Unclassified Students, Visiting Students Activities, Music Ensemble Activities and Education
and Exchange Students attending the University Professional Development courses carry credit hours
with a letter of permission from their home
equal to 1.5. Generally, most other courses have an
institutions.
equivalent of 3.0 credit hours.
• Fourth priority: Audit Students not admitted to the
Students wishing to register in more than the maximum
University.
credit hours (semester course equivalents) allowed must
b. At Continuing Student Registration obtain approval of the Faculty/School in which they are
enrolled.
1. Graduate, Second Degree, Diploma students.
• In the Faculty of Arts and Science, students must
2. Fourth-year and higher students, second-year Post- obtain permission if they wish to exceed the
Diploma students. following maximum credit hours (as determined by
academic standing):
3. Third-year students, first-year Post-Diploma
students. Probation
4. Second-year students. 12.0 credit hours (4 courses)
In Good Standing
5. First-year students, Health Sciences and
Management Certificate students. Normal 15.0 credit hours (5 courses)
Maximum 18.0 credit hours (6 courses)
Within groups two to five, students will be further
prioritized: • In the Faculty of Management, the usual course load
for a full-time student is 15.0 credit hours (5
• According to their successfully completed courses) per semester.
hours.
• In all other Faculties/Schools, students must obtain
• With the first group of students in their
permission if they wish to exceed 15.0 credit hours
priority group, for students who have been
(5 courses).
verified as having a disability. For verification,
see the Associate Vice-President (Student • Summer Session (semester course equivalents):
Services) and Registrar. For details, see also Session I II III
Part 17 - General Services, Section 13. Arts and Science 2 2 2
Disabilities, p. 470). Education 3 2 1
• With the first group of students in their Fine Arts 3 2 2
priority group, students who hold a Canada Health Sciences 3 2 1
Scholarship. For verification, see the Associate Management 2 1* 1*
Vice-President (Student Services) and *The maximum number of courses Management students may
Registrar. take over Summer Sessions II, III, and II/III is two.
Note: In the event of a difference between the maximum credit
c. After Continuing Student Registration
hour limits set by the Faculties/Schools, students in Combined
Newly admitted students, starting with new M.Ed. Degrees programs will be governed by the more stringent
students, will be permitted to register, upon accepting limits.
46
c. Duplication of Registration
Students who register and decide not to attend but
A student may not register in more than one section of DO NOT cancel their registration by the Add/Drop
a course offering in a semester. deadline shall be assessed tuition and compulsory
A student may not be registered in the same course in fees according to the fee assessment schedule in
more than one semester simultaneously (e.g., in both Part 3 - Fees, Section 8.b.Withdrawals (p. 52).
Summer Session and Fall Semester).
d. Faculty/School Quotas c. Complete Withdrawal

REGISTRATION
Admission to the University does not constitute a A student wishing to withdraw from the semester must
guarantee that a student will be able to register for any notify the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS)
specific course in a given semester. Enrolment limits are by submitting a Complete Withdrawal Form which can be
enforced by all Faculties and Schools. obtained from the Registrar’s Office and Student
e. Graduated Students Services (ROSS). The date this form is received by the
Registrar will be the official withdrawal date for purposes
A student who has graduated from a program at the of fee assessment.
University must successfully apply for admission to
A ‘Complete Withdrawal with Cause’ is available only
another program in order to pursue studies as an
through Faculty/School Advising Offices.
admitted student. Otherwise such students must register
using the Unclassified Student route. Failure to comply with this requirement results in the
assignment of failing grades and full assessment of fees—
f. Holds on Registration see Part 3 - Fees, Sections 8.b. Withdrawals (p. 52)
A Faculty/School may place specific registration and Refunds 8.c.,(p. 53). Grades are not assigned when
requirements upon a student. In such cases, at the a student withdraws before the end of the ninth week of
request of the Dean, the Registrar’s Office and Student a semester. Students registered in Summer Session
Services (ROSS) may restrict a student’s access to should consult the Summer Session Calendar for details
registration. Students with restricted access to of the complete withdrawal procedure and related
registration must register manually (in person or by deadline dates.
mail), thus ensuring they abide by the Faculty/School Students are responsible for ensuring that the Registrar’s
registration requirements. Office and Student Services (ROSS) receives the request
for withdrawal by the relevant deadline. If a student
7. COURSE ADD/DROP
chooses to mail his or her request for withdrawal, then
Courses may be added and/or dropped after initial the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS)
registration. No changes other than withdrawals from recommends that the student use Registered Mail to
individual courses are permitted after the Add/Drop period. guarantee delivery.
8. CANCELLATION AND WITHDRAWAL d. Course Withdrawal - Part-Time and Full-Time
Status
a. Classroom Privileges - Students
Students have classroom privileges for the course 1. Fall and Spring Semesters
offering in which they are registered. Classroom Full-time students who withdraw from courses but
privileges mean that a student is entitled to attend class remain registered in three semester course
meetings as required by the instructor and detailed in equivalents (9.0 credit hours) retain classification as
the course outline. Students who are not registered may full-time students.
be granted classroom privileges at the discretion of the Full-time students who withdraw from courses,
instructor. Students who do not have classroom resulting in registration in fewer than three
privileges may not attend a class. Instructors may semester course equivalents (9.0 credit hours), are
authorize guests to attend a class. Audit registration is reclassified as part-time.
also normally available for people who would like to
attend a class on a regular basis. 2. Summer Session
Students receiving full-time government student
b. Cancellation of Registration
loans for the Summer Session should contact
Students may cancel their registrations by the Add/Drop Scholarships and Student Finance for
deadline in any semester/session: provincial/territorial student loan eligibility.
• Unclassified Students who cancel their registration Students registered in Summer Session should
by the Add/Drop deadline in a Fall or Spring consult the Summer Session Calendar online at
Semester forfeit the $75 non-refundable deposit http://www.uleth.ca/summersession for details
and the non-refundable $25 Unclassified Student regarding the course withdrawal procedure (see
Registration Fee. Academic Regulations at
• Unclassified Students who cancel their registration http://www.uleth.ca/summersession/arg.html) and
by the Add/Drop deadline in a Summer Session related deadline dates (see Academic Schedule &
forfeit the $25 Unclassified Student Registration fee Deadlines at
only. http://www.uleth.ca/summersession/ded.html).
All students must cancel their registration using the 3. Students who drop from full-time to part-time
Bridge (http://www.uleth.ca/bridge). status do not receive the same privileges as full-time
47
students at the University. Furthermore, students application to the Faculty/School Advising Office.
who are accessing government student loans and For Unclassified Students, the ‘WC’ is recorded
drop to part-time status will be financially penalized upon application to the Associate Registrar. A
if they have loans for the semester in which they are student may apply for a ‘WC’ after Add/Drop, up to
dropping to part-time and existing government and including the last day of classes.
loans may go into repayment early.
3. WF - Withdrawal Fail
e. Course Withdrawal
For those Faculties/Schools which currently have a
REGISTRATION

1. W - Individual Course Withdrawal Withdrawal Policy limiting the number of individual


Students are awarded a ‘W’ designation for any course withdrawals a student may have, the
course from which they choose to withdraw after following holds:
the first Add/Drop period and before the ninth
a. Courses from which a student withdraws
week of a Fall or Spring Semester, provided the
which are in excess of the Faculty/School
student remains registered in one or more courses.
Withdrawal deadlines for Summer Session vary and maximum receive a grade designation of
may be found in the Academic Schedule (p. 12). ‘WF’ - Withdrawal Fail. See Part 4 -
Students may be entitled to a pro-rated refund for Academic Regulations, Section 3.a.2. (p.
courses from which they have withdrawn. 62).
Some Faculties/Schools have limits on the number b. Courses from which a student withdraws
of courses from which students can casually which are excluded from the Faculty/School
withdraw during the Fall and Spring Semesters (see maximum include:
Part 4 - Academic Regulations, Section
• Courses in which a student is registered
3.a.2., p. 62).
at the time of complete withdrawal from
2. WC - Withdrawal with Cause the University.
The designation ‘WC’ is recorded only in case of • Summer Session courses from which a
serious illness or other extenuating circumstances student withdraws.
beyond the control of the student which makes
• Courses from which a student withdraws
continuation in a course impossible and where an
‘Incomplete’ designation is not in order. For for which a ‘WC’ is authorized.
admitted students, the ‘WC’ is recorded only on

48
Part 3

FEES
1. DISCLAIMER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 7. FEE SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
a. Student Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
2. INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
b. Mandatory Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
3. FINANCIAL SUPPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 c. Program-Related Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
4. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION AND d. Mandatory Processing Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
UNCLASSIFIED STUDENT e. Other Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
REGISTRATION FEES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 f. How Fees Are Assessed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
g. Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
5. DEPOSITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
a. Confirmation of Admission Deposit . . . . . . . . .49 8. CANCELLATIONS,WITHDRAWALS AND
b. Registration Deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49 REFUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
6. FEE PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 a. Cancellations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
a. Where to Pay Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 b. Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

FEES
b. Deadlines for Fee Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 c. Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
c. Deductions from Student Loans, Bursaries
9. OUTSTANDING ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
and Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
d. Registration Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 10. RECEIPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
e. Interest Charges for Late Payments . . . . . . . .50
f. Referral of Unpaid Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 11. FEE DEADLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

1. DISCLAIMER 5. DEPOSITS
The fees stated in this Calendar are correct at the time of a. Confirmation of Admission Deposit
publication.The University reserves the right to alter fees
All newly admitted and readmitted undergraduate
without notice. students are required to pay a non-refundable deposit
2. INFORMATION of $75. All newly admitted and readmitted graduate
students are required to pay a non-refundable deposit
Any student who wishes information about fees beyond that
of $100 ($500 for M.Sc. (Management) students). This
which is published in this Calendar should inquire at the
deposit must be paid at the Cash Office, either in person,
Cash Office (AH144; tel. 403-329-2469; email:
by mail, telephone banking or online banking. Refer to
cash.office@uleth.ca) Section 6. Fee Payments (p. 50) for more
3. FINANCIAL SUPPORT information. After deposits have been paid, registration
privileges will ensue.
Student Finance - Government Student Loans and
Grants b. Registration Deposit
See Part 17 - General Services, Section 32. Unclassified Students registering in undergraduate
Student Finance - Government Student Loans courses must pay a non-refundable deposit of $100
and Grants (p. 477). ($75 tuition deposit, plus a $25 Unclassified Student
Registration fee). Unclassified Students registering in
Student Awards - Scholarships and Bursaries graduate courses must pay a non-refundable deposit of
See Part 17 - General Services, Section 31. $125 ($100 tuition deposit, plus a $25 Unclassified
Student Awards - Scholarships and Bursaries (p. Student Registration fee). If an Unclassified Student
477). registers in both an undergraduate and graduate course,
the higher deposit amount will be charged.
4. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION AND
Unclassified Students studying in the Summer at the
UNCLASSIFIED STUDENT REGISTRATION FEES
University of Lethbridge who are admitted and attend
The Application for Admission fee is $60*. The Unclassified the subsequent Fall Semester will have the $25
Student Registration fee is $25. Both fees are non- registration fee applied to the Fall Semester account.
refundable.
* This is a once-only lifetime fee at each of the undergraduate and graduate
levels.
49
6. FEE PAYMENTS c. Deductions from Student Loans, Bursaries and
Scholarships
a. Where to Pay Fees
Fee payments may be made using any of the following 1. Government Student Loans and Bursaries
options: Payment of 100 percent of current and/or
outstanding fees is a first charge against assistance
1. Customers of the following institutions can make received from government (Federal and Provincial)
payments on their University of Lethbridge student student loan certificates and bursaries.
account using their bank’s telephone payment or
online system: Bank of Montreal, TD Canada Trust, 2. Scholarships
CIBC, HSBC, Royal Bank, Scotiabank, ATB Financial, Payment of 100 percent of current and/or
Credit Union Central, Canadian Western Bank, outstanding fees is a first charge against scholarships
Citizens Bank of Canada, Ubiquity Bank of Canada, awarded and/or administered by the University of
and TelPay. Students should inquire directly at their Lethbridge.
branch to obtain information regarding these bill
payment services. d. Registration Cancellation
Note: Students paying through their financial institution must Continuing students must have made a payment for the
allow at least two additional working days for their applicable semester, by October 1 for the Fall Semester
payments to be processed. and by February 1 for the Spring Semester, or their
2. By mail or courier to: registration will be automatically cancelled, and be
assessed fees at a rate of 20 percent of tuition and 100
FEES

University of Lethbridge Cash Office percent of compulsory fees.


4401 University Drive
Lethbridge, AB T1K 3M4 Newly admitted or readmitted students who have paid
only the Confirmation of Admission deposit fee, by
Note: Payments sent by mail or courier must be received
October 1 for the Fall Semester and by February 1 for
prior to applicable deadlines to ensure late penalties or
interest charges are not assessed. the Spring Semester will have their registration
automatically cancelled, and be assessed fees at a rate of
3. Placing your payment in the 24-hour deposit vault 20 percent of tuition and 100 percent of compulsory fees.
located at the end of the counter in front of the There will be a reinstatement fee of $25 for those
Cash Office. Please ensure your name and UofL ID students who re-register after cancellation of classes.
number are included with your payment when using
the 24-hour deposit. For those students who have made partial payments,
registration will not be cancelled, however interest at a
4. At any branch of the Bank of Montreal by presenting rate of prime plus five percent per annum will be charged
a ‘First Bank Bill Payment Service’ form (p. 519). on the outstanding principal balance owing.
These forms are available at the Cash Office, any Any payments made after deadlines shall be applied first
Lethbridge branch of the Bank of Montreal, or on against interest charges and, thereafter, against the
the University’s website: principal owing.
http://www.uleth.ca/fsr/cash
e. Interest Charges for Late Payments
You do not need to be a client of the Bank of
Montreal to use this service; however, the bank does A simple interest charge of Bank prime plus five percent
assess a $1.50 service charge. per annum will be added to the outstanding principal
amount at the close of the first working day of each
5. In person at the Cash Office (AH144) during successive month that the account remains unpaid.
regular office hours: 9:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m., Monday
to Friday. f. Referral of Unpaid Fees
Payments can be made by cash, cheque or Interac It is the policy of the University of Lethbridge to involve
Direct Payment banking cards. The Cash Office a professional collection agency when deemed necessary.
does not accept credit cards. 7. FEE SCHEDULES
b. Deadlines for Fee Payments a. Student Definitions
Full fees, including all miscellaneous and incidental fees, Full-Time - any student who is currently registered in
are due and payable by October 1 for the Fall Semester three or more courses (9.0 credit hours or more).
and February 1 for the Spring Semester. Summer Session Students enrolled in Co-operative Education Work
fees are due by the end of the first day following the Experience courses are considered to be full-time.
Add/Drop period.When a deadline occurs on a weekend Registered M.A., M.Sc., M.Sc. (Management) or Ph.D.
or statutory holiday, the deadline will be the next students are considered to be full-time.This definition of
working day. full-time may not be the same as the definition used by
Student bills are not sent in the mail. Students may view Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) for the preparation of
their account summary by logging on to the Bridge: the Tuition and Education Amounts Certificate (T2202A).
http://www.uleth.ca/bridge Part-Time - any student who is currently registered in less
Post-dated cheques may be provided by students to the than three courses (9.0 credit hours).
Cash Office; however, interest will begin to accumulate On-Campus - any student who is registered in courses
after the applicable deadline date. delivered on the University of Lethbridge campus.
50
Off-Campus - any student who is registered only in Health and Dental Plan Administrator at the
courses held off the University campus. Students’ Union Office in the Students’ Union
International Student - any student whose nation of Building (SU180; tel. 403-329-2039).
citizenship is not Canada. Classification as an CKXU Fee - used to support the operations of the
International Student affects fee assessment only. student radio station.
Senior Citizen - any student 65 years of age or over. Meliorist Fee - used to support the operations of the
b. Mandatory Fees student newspaper.
Tuition Fee - price or payment of instruction. Lethbridge Public Interest Research Group (LPIRG) Fee - used
M.Ed. Term Fee - minimum fee for the 12-course-credit to support the operations of the Lethbridge Public
M.Ed. program, assessed in ‘term fees.’ Full-time students Interest Research Group.
pay six term fees over two years; part-time students pay Campus Women's Centre Fee - used to support the
nine term fees over three years (see Part 14 - operations of the Campus Women's Centre.
Graduate Studies, Section 3.f.4. Fees, p. 284).
Materials and Services Fee - a substitute for many charges c. Program-Related Fees
that would otherwise be levied at the departmental level The assessment of the following fees, in addition to basic
for consumable supplies, modest photocopy costs and tuition, is related to the student’s program:
special services (e.g., Information Technology, Library and
student support). Practicum Fee - fee paid by students enrolled in Education
2500 to defray some of the costs associated with
Athletics and Recreation Services (A.R.S.) Fee - on-campus

FEES
providing placements.
students pay this fee for the Fall and Spring Semesters,
allowing them access to various facilities and events both Student Practicum Travel Fee- fee paid by students enrolled
on the campus and throughout the city. In addition, a in Professional Semester 1 or II to defray some of the
portion of this fee is used toward supporting the costs associated with providing placements.
Pronghorn Athletic program. Off-campus and Summer M.A., M.Sc. or M.Sc. (Management) Continuation Fee - fee
Session students may opt into the service. For more
paid by M.A., M.Sc. or M.Sc. (Management) students who
details, please contact Sport and Recreation Services
(PE207; tel. 403-329-2706). have completed the first three semesters of study in the
program.This fee maintains their admission status in the
Student Administrative Fee - fee associated with providing program (see Part 14 - Graduate Studies).
student services either in person, via the web or by
means of voice response technology. M.Ed. Continuation Fee - fee paid by M.Ed. students who
Graduate Students’ Association Fees - there are two have completed either nine terms (part-time students)
categories of fees collected for the Graduate Students’ or six terms (full-time students).The Continuation fee is
Association: one-half of the part-time term fee and maintains
• Operation Fee - supports the ongoing day-to- students’ admission status in the M.Ed. program (see
day business costs such as administration, Part 14 - Graduate Studies, Section 3.f.4. Fees, p.
memberships and student services. 284).
• Social Fund Fee - supports the promotion of a M.Ed. Fees for Courses Extra to Degree - regular graduate
graduate community through a variety of social course fee assessed for each course completed over and
functions. above the 12 courses required for the M.Ed. program
Students’ Union Fees - there are four main categories of (see Part 14 - Graduate Studies, Section 3.f.4.
fees collected for the Students’ Union: Fees, p. 284).
• Building Fund - Covers costs incurred through Ph.D. Continuation Fee - fee paid by Ph.D. students who
maintenance, renovations and utilities charges. have completed the first two years of study in the
• Operations Fund - supports the ongoing day-to- program.This fee maintains their admission status in the
day business costs such as administration, program (see Part 14 - Graduate Studies, Section
memberships and student services offered by 5.d.9. Fees, p. 295).
the Students’ Union. M.Ed. Off-Campus Instructional Delivery Fee - a fee to
• Capital Replacement Fund (C.R.F.) - used for the recover the additional cost incurred in providing a
purchase of major assets and to replace course or section of a course off-campus.
depreciated items.
Music Studio Differential Fee - fee for individualized vocal
• Health and Dental Plans - the Health Plan is an or instrumental instruction to develop the student’s
extended plan (over and above provincial
performance capabilities.
health care), specifically designed for the
student’s benefit; the Dental Plan is a basic set International Exchange Fee - fee paid per exchange by
of dental insurance benefits. All full-time University of Lethbridge students participating in
students who pay Students’ Union fees or exchange programs away from the University of
Graduate Students’ Association fees are on the Lethbridge to recover the additional cost incurred in
plans unless proof of alternate coverage is providing the exchange programs. The fee consists of a
provided to the Students’ Union Office before partial non-refundable application fee.
the opt-out deadline dates for new registrants
in each semester. For more details, contact the
51
d. Mandatory Processing Fees g. Schedules
Generally, these fees are paid by all University of Please refer to page 55 for the 2005-2006
Lethbridge students: Undergraduate Program Fee Schedule.The University of
Application for Admission Fee - each new application for Lethbridge is required to publish fees for three years to
admission must be accompanied by a non-refundable enable students to plan more effectively for their post-
fee of $60*. secondary education. Fee schedules follow for 2006-
2007 (p. 57) and 2007-2008 (p. 58) Academic Years.
* This fee is a once-only lifetime fee at each of the undergraduate and
graduate levels. 8. CANCELLATIONS, WITHDRAWALS AND
Audit Fee (non-refundable) - fee for auditing a course. REFUNDS
This is one-half the tuition fee. a. Cancellations
Late Fee - fees charged when deadlines are not met, Cancellation of registration may be done up to and
usually $25. including the last day of Add/Drop for the Fall and Spring
Registration Fee - fee for registration privileges paid by Semesters and each Summer Session.
Unclassified Students only. All students must cancel their registration by logging on
e. Other Fees to the Bridge:
There may be additional charges for field trip costs and http://www.uleth.ca/bridge
for major specialty items in a particular course such as b. Withdrawals
lab costs, lab manuals, art supplies, workbooks and
substantial photocopied materials which are retained by Individual Course Withdrawal
FEES

the student. Instructors will normally be able to estimate Students who withdraw from a course or courses are
these costs for a particular course at the start of the assessed a percentage of the total fee applicable for that
semester and students are entitled to a receipt upon course or those courses, effective the date of notification
payment for such costs. of withdrawal.Total fee assessment at any given time will
Students requested to pay additional fees to be the sum of the course fees for each course
departments for materials and services not described in withdrawal in accordance with the schedule below, plus
the above guidelines nor in individual course descriptions the applicable general fees. Notification of withdrawal is
should contact the Dean’s Office of their Faculty/School considered effective on the date that the Withdrawal
concerning the authority for such assessments. Form is received by the Registrar’s Office and Student
Services (ROSS).
Non-Credit Fees:
Complete Withdrawal
• Music Conservatory Fee - See Part 9 -
Faculty of Fine Arts, Section 9. a. A student wishing to withdraw from the semester must
Conservatory (p. 176). notify the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS)
by submitting a Complete Withdrawal Form which can
• Music Ensemble Activity Fee - See Part 9 -
be obtained from the Registrar’s Office and Student
Faculty of Fine Arts, Section 9. c.
Services (ROSS). The date this form is received by the
Conservatory (p. 176).
Registrar will be the official withdrawal date for purposes
• Writing for University Course (WFU) - $225 of fee assessment. Failure to comply with this
Service/Product Fees: requirement results in the assignment of failing grades
• Calendar Fee - $5 per Calendar (including GST). and full assessment of fees. Students who mail their
Withdrawal Form are encouraged to use Registered
Note: A Calendar is provided free when students are
Mail.
first admitted.
• ID Card Fee - No charge for new students; $5 Percentage Assessed
for community users; $10 for replacement The fee assessment schedule is as follows:
cards. University of Students’ Union / Graduate
• Account History - $5 per request. No charge Lethbridge Students’ Association
for receipts. Student
• Parking Fee - See Part 17 - General Administrative Fee / Health /
Materials / All Dental CKXU /
Services, Section 30. Security and
Tuition Services ARS Fees Plan Meliorist
Parking (p. 476).
Fall Semester
• Residence Fee - See Part 17 - General
Services, Section 16. Housing Services Cancellation up to the last day of Add/Drop:
0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
(p. 471).
$75 ($100 for graduate students; $500 for M.Sc. (Mgt.)
• Dining Plan Fee - See Part 17 - General students) non-refundable Confirmation of Admission
Services, Section 16. Housing Services deposit forfeited
(p. 471). After Add/Drop to October 1:
• Alberta Universities’ Writing Competence Test 20% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
(AUWCT) - $65. Withdrawal after October 1 to last day to withdraw for semester:
50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
• Health Centre Health Insurance fee - $20.
After individual and complete withdrawal deadline:
f. How Fees Are Assessed 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
See table on page 53.
52
Spring Semester obtain cash or Interac Direct payment refunds. Refunds
Cancellation up to the last day of Add/Drop: for a course drop or complete withdrawal cannot be
0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% processed until after the drop or withdrawal has been
$75 ($100 for graduate students; $500 for M.Sc. (Mgt.) processed by the Registrar’s Office and Student Services
students) non-refundable Confirmation of Admission (ROSS). Due to limited cash on hand and the daily
deposit forfeited
demand for cash refunds, a request for a cash refund may
After Add/Drop to February 1: be delayed for five business days.
20% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
Withdrawal after February 1 to last day to withdraw for semester: 9. OUTSTANDING ACCOUNTS
50% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Degree, diploma, and certificate parchments and registration
After individual and complete withdrawal deadline: privileges are withheld from students who have outstanding
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% fees or other accounts with the University. Official transcripts
Summer Session will not be released until outstanding accounts have been paid
Cancellation up to the last day of Add/Drop: in full. Students with outstanding accounts who present
0% 0% N/A 0% N/A N/A student loan forms at the Cash Office will have their
After Add/Drop up to and including the fifth working day of the Session: outstanding fees automatically deducted from the loan (see
50% 100% N/A 100% N/A N/A Section 6.c., p. 50 for details).
After the fifth day of the Session: 10. RECEIPTS
100% 100% N/A 100% N/A N/A
Receipts for payment of fees received by mail are not issued,
c. Refunds unless requested. Tuition and Education Amounts Certificate

FEES
Students are entitled to a refund of any payments in (T2202A) will be made available before the end of the following
excess of their current assessment. Students wanting a February.The tax receipts can be viewed and printed by logging
refund of excess payments must contact the Cash Office on to the Bridge:
to initiate the refund process. Students should allow up http://www.uleth.ca/bridge
to two weeks for their refund to be processed if There is a $5 fee for printing a tax receipt. Students with past
requesting their refund in the form of a cheque. Cash due fees will not be issued a tax receipt until the fees for the
refunds (to a maximum of $500) and Interac Direct taxation year in question are paid in full.
payment refunds are available to students who do not
want to wait for a cheque to be processed. Students 11. FEE DEADLINES
must provide valid picture identification in order to See page 59.

How Fees Are Assessed


On or Off Campus University of Lethbridge Graduate Students’ Students’ Union
Association
Student CRF, Health / Campus
Materials / Administrative Operation / Building and Dental Women’s
Tuition Services Fee ARS Social Fund Operations Plan CKXU Meliorist LPIRG Centre
Full-Time On Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Full-Time Off Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes
Part-Time On Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Part-Time Off Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes No Yes
Exchange Away Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No No No No
Exchange Here On No No No Yes No No No No No No No
M.A./M.Sc. On (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
M.Ed. Placeholder On (see 1 below) Yes No Yes No Yes No No No No No No
M.Ed. Full-Time On (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
M.Ed. Part-Time On (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No No
M.Ed. Full-Time Off (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No No
M.Ed. Part-Time Off (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes No Yes No No No Yes No No
Ph.D. On (see 1 below) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes No No
PS III Off/Health Sciences 4050 Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Co-op Off (see 2 below) Yes No Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Management 3905 On (see 3 below) Yes No Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Students aged 65 and over (see 4 below) No No No No No No No No No No No

1 See Fee Schedule (p. 56) and Part 14 - School of Graduate Studies for information on M.A./M.Sc. fees (Section 2.d.6., p. 279), M.Ed. fees (Section 3.f.4., p. 284),
M.Sc. (Management) fees (Section 4.d.6., p. 289) and Ph.D. fees (Section 5.d.9., p. 295).
2 See Fee Schedule (p. 55) for Co-op fees.
3 See Fee Schedule (p. 55) for MENTORS seminar fees.
4 Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees. Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).

53
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE FEE SCHEDULE
SUMMER SESSION 2005

The Board of Governors reserves the right to change fees and deposits as deemed necessary without prior notice.

Total2 Total2 Total2


Student Enrolled Enrolled Enrolled
Tuition1 Materials Administrative in in in
Fee 1 Session 2 Sessions 3 Sessions

UNDERGRADUATE (Canadian Students)


1.0 Credit Hour Fee 142.67 8.00 3.50 N/A N/A N/A
One-Half Course (1.5 Cr. Hrs.) 214.00 12.00 5.25 242.15 N/A N/A
One Course (3.0 Credit Hrs.) 428.00 24.00 10.50 473.40 N/A N/A
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hrs.) 856.00 48.00 21.00 935.90 946.80 N/A
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hrs.) 1,284.00 72.00 31.50 1,398.40 1,409.30 1,420.20
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hrs.) 1,712.00 96.00 42.00 1,860.90 1,871.80 1,882.70
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hrs.) 2,140.00 120.00 52.50 2,323.40 2,334.30 2,345.20
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hrs.) 2,568.00 144.00 63.00 2,785.90 2,796.80 2,807.70

GRADUATE (Canadian Unclassified Students)


One-Half Course (1.5 Cr. Hrs.) 251.50 12.00 5.25 280.25 N/A N/A
FEES

One Course (3.0 Credit Hrs.) 503.00 24.00 10.50 549.00 N/A N/A
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hrs.) 1,006.00 48.00 21.00 1,086.50 1,095.00 N/A

UNDERGRADUATE (International Students)


1.0 Credit Hour Fee 285.33 16.00 3.50 N/A N/A N/A
One-Half Course (1.5 Cr. Hrs.) 428.00 24.00 5.25 488.15 N/A N/A
One Course (3.0 Credit Hrs.) 856.00 48.00 10.50 945.40 N/A N/A
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hrs.) 1,712.00 96.00 21.00 1,859.90 1,870.80 N/A
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hrs.) 2,568.00 144.00 31.50 2,774.40 2,785.30 2,796.20
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hrs.) 3,424.00 192.00 42.00 3,688.90 3,699.80 3,710.70
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hrs.) 4,280.00 240.00 52.50 4,603.40 4,614.30 4,625.20
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hrs.) 5,136.00 288.00 63.00 5,517.90 5,528.80 5,539.70

GRADUATE (International Unclassified Students)


One-Half Course (1.5 Cr. Hrs) 503.00 24.00 5.25 563.75 N/A N/A
One Course (3.0 Credit Hrs.) 1,006.00 48.00 10.50 1,096.00 N/A N/A
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hrs.) 2,012.00 96.00 21.00 2,160.50 2,169.00 N/A

CO-OP PROGRAM (Faculties of Arts and Science and Management)


Canadian Students 560.00 N/A 21.00 590.90 N/A N/A
International Students 560.00 N/A 21.00 610.90 N/A N/A

PRACTICUM I (Education 2500)3


Canadian Students 493.00 24.00 10.50 538.40 N/A N/A
International Students 986.00 48.00 10.50 1,075.40 N/A N/A

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES


Athl./Rec. Fee Health Insurance Health Centre Fee Total
Canadian and International Students 2,625.00 60.00 201.00 20.00 2,906.00

AUDIT FEES PER COURSE


Canadian Students 214.00 214.00
International Students 428.00 428.00

Notes:
All international students will be charged $20.00 per semester Health Centre Health Insurance fee.
1
International Exchange Fee - $140.00 per exchange, $80 is a non-refundable application fee and $60 is due upon departure.

2
Undergraduate totals include Students' Union fees of $9.90 per session and CKXU fee of $1.00 per session. The Students'
Union Health and Dental Plan is not assessed for the Summer Sessions. Graduate totals include Graduate Students' Association Operations
fee of $7.50 per session, a Social Fund fee of $3.00, and CKXU fee of $1.00 per session.

3
Practicum I (Education 2500) - This course includes a Practicum fee of $65.00 for Canadian students and $130.00 for International students.

Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees.


Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).
Source: Financial Services, December 16, 2004. This schedule is in effect for Summer 2005 only.

54
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE 2005/2006 ACADEMIC YEAR FEE SCHEDULE
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2005
The Board of Governors reserves the right to change fees and deposits as deemed necessary without prior notice.

U of L Fees
Student Athletics & Health Students'
Tuition1 Materials Administrative Recreation Centre Union Meliorist Total
Fee Services Insurance Fee Fees2

UNDERGRADUATE (Canadian Students)


1.0 Credit Hour $142.67 $8.00 $3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A $154.17
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 214.00 12.00 5.25 $30.00 N/A $34.84 $2.50 298.59
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 428.00 24.00 10.50 30.00 N/A 34.84 2.50 529.84
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 856.00 48.00 21.00 30.00 N/A 34.84 2.50 992.34
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 1,284.00 72.00 31.50 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 1,598.48
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 1,712.00 96.00 42.00 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,060.98
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 2,140.00 120.00 52.50 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,523.48
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 2,568.00 144.00 63.00 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,985.98

UNDERGRADUATE (International Students)


1.0 Credit Hour 285.33 16.00 3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A 304.83
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 428.00 24.00 5.25 30.00 20.00 34.84 2.50 544.59
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 856.00 48.00 10.50 30.00 20.00 34.84 2.50 1,001.84
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 1,712.00 96.00 21.00 30.00 20.00 34.84 2.50 1,916.34
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 2,568.00 144.00 31.50 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 2,974.48
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 3,424.00 192.00 42.00 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 3,888.98
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 4,280.00 240.00 52.50 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 4,803.48
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 5,136.00 288.00 63.00 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,717.98

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (Canadian Students)

FEES
Semester PS I 2,465.00 120.00 52.50 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,848.48
PS II 2,465.00 120.00 52.50 60.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,848.48
PS III 2,140.00 120.00 52.50 N/A N/A 145.98 5.00 2,463.48

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (International Students)


Semester PS I 4,930.00 240.00 52.50 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,453.48
PS II 4,930.00 240.00 52.50 60.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,453.48
PS III 4,280.00 240.00 52.50 N/A 20.00 145.98 5.00 4,743.48

PROGRAMS/COURSES NOT COVERED BY THE ABOVE SCHEDULE


AUDIT FEES
Canadian Students 214.00 214.00
International Students 428.00 428.00

CO-OP PROGRAM (Faculties of Arts and Science and Management)


Canadian Students 560.00 21.00 142.98 5.00 728.98
International Students 560.00 21.00 20.00 142.98 5.00 748.98

MENTOR COURSE (Management 3905)


Canadian Students 280.00 7.00 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 287.00
International Students 560.00 7.00 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 567.00

MUSIC STUDIO COURSES (Music 2148, 2248, 3348, 3448, 3548, 3648, 4748, 4848)
Canadian Students 803.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 837.50
International Students 1,231.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,289.50

PRACTICUM I (Education 2500)


Canadian Students 493.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 527.50
International Students 986.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,044.50

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES (EAP) Health Insurance


Canadian/International Students 2,625.00 60.00 20.00 201.00 2,906.00

Notes:
1
International Exchange Fee - $140.00 per exchange: $80 is a non-refundable application fee and $60 is due upon departure.
2
Students' Union Fee components are: Full time rates Part time rates
Building Fund 28.36 12.73
Operations 21.27 10.43
Capital Replacement Fund 5.35 2.68
CKXU Radio 3.00 3.00
Leth. Public Interest Research Group 5.00 5.00
Campus Women's Centre 1.00 1.00
Health Plan 45.00 0.00
Dental Plan 37.00 0.00
$145.98 $34.84
The Students' Union Health and Dental Plan costs are dependent on quotes from the external insurance carrier and are subject to change. The Students' Union Health Plan
is $90 and Dental Plan cost is $73 for the Spring Semester. Contact the Students' Union Office for information on opt-out procedures.

A non-refundable Confirmation of Admission deposit of $75.00 (for undergraduate students) must be paid to the Cash Office for newly admitted and readmitted
undergraduate students. No arrangements whatsoever will be made for this deposit, nor will student loan forms be accepted in lieu of the required deposit.

Past due accounts are charged simple interest set at the Bank of Montreal prime lending rate plus 5% per annum. Interest is calculated and added to the
balance owing at the end of the first working day each month.

Education Information
Practicum I (Education 2500): This course includes a Practicum fee of $65.00 for Canadian students and $130.00 for International students.
PSI, PSII Program: These programs include a Student Practicum Travel fee of $325.00 for Canadian students and $650.00 for International students.
Continuation Fee for Students Assigned an Incomplete grade in PS I, PS II or PS III Practica: Students who are reassigned to a school for two weeks or less pay
a "continuation" fee of half a course fee and anyone serving longer will be assessed a full course fee.

Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees. Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).
Source: Financial Services, December 16, 2004.

55
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE 2005/2006 ACADEMIC YEAR FEE SCHEDULE
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2005
The Board of Governors reserves the right to change fees and deposits as deemed necessary without prior notice.

U of L Fees
Student Athletics & Health Graduate Student Meliorist
Tuition Materials Administrative Recreation Centre Association Health/Dental & Total
1 2
Fee Services Fee Fees Plan CKXU Radio

GRADUATE (Canadian Unclassified Students)


1.5 Credit Hours 251.50 12.00 5.25 30.00 N/A 18.00 N/A 5.50 322.25
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 503.00 24.00 10.50 30.00 N/A 18.00 N/A 5.50 591.00
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 1,006.00 48.00 21.00 30.00 N/A 18.00 N/A 5.50 1,128.50

GRADUATE (International Unclassified Students)


1.5 Credit Hours 503.00 24.00 5.25 30.00 20.00 18.00 N/A 5.50 605.75
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 1,006.00 48.00 10.50 30.00 20.00 18.00 N/A 5.50 1,138.00
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 2,012.00 96.00 21.00 30.00 20.00 18.00 N/A 5.50 2,202.50

3
M.A./M.Sc. and Ph.D. PROGRAM (Fees are expressed for one calendar year [the first three semesters of study] . A Continuation fee is assessed
for each subsequent semester after one year in the M.A./M.Sc. Program and after two years in the Ph.D. program.)
Canadian Students - Summer 1,676.67 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 N/A 3.00 1,879.67
- Fall 1,676.67 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,966.67
- Spring 1,676.66 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 163.00 8.00 2,047.66

International Students - Summer 3,353.34 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 N/A 3.00 3,656.34
- Fall 3,353.34 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 82.00 8.00 3,743.34
- Spring 3,353.32 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 163.00 8.00 3,824.32

M.Sc. (MANAGEMENT) PROGRAM (Fees are expressed for one calendar year [the first three semesters of study.] A Continuation Fee is assessed
for each subsequent semester.)
FEES

Canadian Students - Summer 3,200.00 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 75.67 6.32 3,481.99
- Fall 3,200.00 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 81.67 6.34 3,488.01
- Spring 3,200.00 80.00 35.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 81.66 6.34 3,488.00

International Students - Summer 6,400.00 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 75.67 6.32 6,781.99
- Fall 6,400.00 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 81.67 6.34 6,788.01
- Spring 6,400.00 160.00 35.00 60.00 20.00 25.00 81.66 6.34 6,788.00

M.A/M.Sc., M.Sc. (MANAGEMENT) and Ph.D. CONTINUATION FEES (per term)


Canadian Students - Summer 503.00 24.00 10.50 N/A N/A 25.00 N/A 3.00 565.50
- Fall 503.00 24.00 10.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 712.50
- Spring 503.00 24.00 10.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 163.00 8.00 793.50

International Students - Summer 1,006.00 48.00 10.50 N/A 20.00 25.00 N/A 3.00 1,112.50
- Fall 1,006.00 48.00 10.50 60.00 20.00 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,259.50
- Spring 1,006.00 48.00 10.50 60.00 20.00 25.00 163.00 8.00 1,340.50

MASTER OF EDUCATION TERM FEES4


Canadian Students
Part-time (assessed over 9 terms)
No Credit Courses (Ed. Placeholder) 980.00 N/A 10.50 N/A N/A 18.00 N/A N/A 1,008.50
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 980.00 24.00 10.50 30.00 N/A 18.00 N/A 5.50 1,068.00
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 980.00 48.00 21.00 30.00 N/A 18.00 N/A 5.50 1,102.50
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 980.00 72.00 31.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,258.50
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 980.00 96.00 42.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,293.00
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 980.00 120.00 52.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,327.50

Full-time (assessed over 6 terms)


No Credit Courses (Ed. Placeholder) 1,470.00 N/A 10.50 N/A N/A 18.00 N/A N/A 1,498.50
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 1,470.00 24.00 10.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,679.50
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 1,470.00 48.00 21.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,714.00
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 1,470.00 72.00 31.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,748.50
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 1,470.00 96.00 42.00 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,783.00
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 1,470.00 120.00 52.50 60.00 N/A 25.00 82.00 8.00 1,817.50

Notes:
Full-time Part-time
1
Graduate Students' Association Fee components are: Operations 22.00 15.00
Social Fund 3.00 3.00
Total Fee $ 25.00 $ 18.00
2
The Students' Union Health and Dental Plan costs are dependent on quotes from the external insurance carrier and are subject to change. The Students'
Union Health Plan is $45 for the Fall Semester coverage. The Dental Plan cost is $37 for the Fall Semester. This amount will change to $90 for the Health Plan
and $73 for the Dental Plan for the Spring Semester. Contact the Students' Union office for information on opt-out procedures.

3
Health Science cohorts are referred to the Health Sciences supplement to the University of Lethbridge M.A. & M.Sc. Program: Policies and Guidelines handbook
for payment schedule information, which is available from the School of Graduate Studies.

4
M.Ed. students who are taking University of Lethbridge courses off campus are alerted to the fact that they will be charged an Off-Campus Instructional
Delivery Fee for each off-campus course. Refer to section 3.f.4. in Part 14 - School of Graduate Studies in the 2005-2006 Calendar for more information.
International students in the M.Ed. program are assessed term fees and materials fee at a rate of 100% of that of the Canadian students.

A non-refundable Confirmation of Admission deposit of $100.00 ($500.00 for M.Sc. Management ) must be paid to the Cash Office for newly admitted and
readmitted graduate students. No arrangements whatsoever will be made for this deposit nor will student loan forms be accepted in lieu of the required deposit.

Past due accounts are charged simple interest set at the Bank of Montreal prime lending rate plus 5% per annum. Interest is calculated and added to the
balance owing at the end of the first working day each month.

Proposed increases in the Graduate instructional fees: Proposed increases in the M. Ed. term fees:
Current Proposed Proposed Current Proposed Proposed
Rate 2005/2006 2006/2007 Rate 2005/2006 2006/2007
$503 $531 $560 Term Fee - part-time $980 $1,034 $1,091
Tuition Fee Term Fee - full-time $1,470 $1,551 $1,636

Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees. Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).
56 Source: Financial Services, December 18, 2004
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE 2006/2007 ACADEMIC YEAR FEE SCHEDULE
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2005
The Board of Governors reserves the right to change fees and deposits as deemed necessary without prior notice.

U of L Fees
Student Athletics & Health Students'
Tuition1 Materials Administrative Recreation Centre Union Meliorist Total
Fee Services Insurance Fee Fees2

UNDERGRADUATE (Canadian Students)


1.0 Credit Hour $152.00 $8.00 $3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A $163.50
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 228.00 12.00 5.25 $25.50 N/A $34.84 $2.50 308.09
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 456.00 24.00 10.50 25.50 N/A 34.84 2.50 553.34
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 912.00 48.00 21.00 25.50 N/A 34.84 2.50 1,043.84
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 1,368.00 72.00 31.50 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 1,673.48
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 1,824.00 96.00 42.00 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,163.98
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 2,280.00 120.00 52.50 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,654.48
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 2,736.00 144.00 63.00 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 3,144.98

UNDERGRADUATE (International Students)


1.0 Credit Hour 304.00 16.00 3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A 323.50
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 456.00 24.00 5.25 25.50 20.00 34.84 2.50 568.09
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 912.00 48.00 10.50 25.50 20.00 34.84 2.50 1,053.34
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 1,824.00 96.00 21.00 25.50 20.00 34.84 2.50 2,023.84
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 2,736.00 144.00 31.50 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 3,133.48
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 3,648.00 192.00 42.00 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 4,103.98
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 4,560.00 240.00 52.50 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,074.48
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 5,472.00 288.00 63.00 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 6,044.98

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (Canadian Students)


Semester PS I 2,625.00 120.00 52.50 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,999.48

FEES
PS II 2,625.00 120.00 52.50 51.00 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,999.48
PS III 2,280.00 120.00 52.50 N/A N/A 145.98 5.00 2,603.48

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (International Students)


Semester PS I 5,250.00 240.00 52.50 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,764.48
PS II 5,250.00 240.00 52.50 51.00 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,764.48
PS III 4,560.00 240.00 52.50 N/A 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,023.48

PROGRAMS/COURSES NOT COVERED BY THE ABOVE SCHEDULE


AUDIT FEES
Canadian Students 228.00 228.00
International Students 456.00 456.00

CO-OP PROGRAM (Faculties of Arts and Science and Management)


Canadian Students 560.00 21.00 142.98 5.00 728.98
International Students 560.00 21.00 20.00 142.98 5.00 748.98

MENTOR COURSE (Management 3905)


Canadian Students 280.00 7.00 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 287.00
International Students 560.00 7.00 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 567.00

MUSIC STUDIO COURSES (Music 2148, 2248, 3348, 3448, 3548, 3648, 4748, 4848)
Canadian Students 856.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 890.50
International Students 1,312.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,370.50

PRACTICUM I (Education 2500)


Canadian Students 521.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 555.50
International Students 1,042.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,100.50

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES (EAP) Health Insurance


Canadian/International Students 2,795.00 51.00 20.00 201.00 3,067.00

Notes:
1
International Exchange Fee - $140.00 per exchange: $80 is a non-refundable application fee and $60 is due upon departure.
2
Students' Union Fee components are: Full time rates Part time rates
Building Fund 28.36 12.73
Operations 21.27 10.43
Capital Replacement Fund 5.35 2.68
CKXU Radio 3.00 3.00
Leth. Public Interest Research Group 5.00 5.00
Campus Women's Centre 1.00 1.00
Health Plan 45.00 0.00
Dental Plan 37.00 0.00
$145.98 $34.84
The Students' Union Health and Dental Plan costs are dependent on quotes from the external insurance carrier and are subject to change. The Students' Union Health Plan
is $90 and Dental Plan cost is $73 for the Spring Semester. Contact the Students' Union Office for information on opt-out procedures.

A non-refundable Confirmation of Admission deposit of $75.00 (for undergraduate students) must be paid to the Cash Office for newly admitted and readmitted
undergraduate students. No arrangements whatsoever will be made for this deposit, nor will student loan forms be accepted in lieu of the required deposit.

Past due accounts are charged simple interest set at the Bank of Montreal prime lending rate plus 5% per annum. Interest is calculated and added to the
balance owing at the end of the first working day each month.

Education Information
Practicum I (Education 2500): This course includes a Practicum fee of $65.00 for Canadian students and $130.00 for International students.
PSI, PSII Program: These programs include a Student Practicum Travel fee of $345.00 for Canadian students and $690.00 for International students.
Continuation Fee for Students Assigned an Incomplete grade in PS I, PS II or PS III Practica: Students who are reassigned to a school for two weeks or less pay
a "continuation" fee of half a course fee and anyone serving longer will be assessed a full course fee.

Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees. Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).
Source: Financial Services, December 16, 2004.

57
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE 2007/2008 ACADEMIC YEAR FEE SCHEDULE
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2005
The Board of Governors reserves the right to change fees and deposits as deemed necessary without prior notice.

U of L Fees
Student Athletics & Health Students'
Tuition1 Materials Administrative Recreation Centre Union Meliorist Total
Fee Services Insurance Fee Fees2

UNDERGRADUATE (Canadian Students)


1.0 Credit Hour $161.67 $8.00 $3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A $173.17
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 242.50 12.00 5.25 $30.88 N/A $34.84 $2.50 327.97
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 485.00 24.00 10.50 30.88 N/A 34.84 2.50 587.72
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 970.00 48.00 21.00 30.88 N/A 34.84 2.50 1,107.22
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 1,455.00 72.00 31.50 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 1,771.23
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 1,940.00 96.00 42.00 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,290.73
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 2,425.00 120.00 52.50 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 2,810.23
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 2,910.00 144.00 63.00 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 3,329.73

UNDERGRADUATE (International Students)


1.0 Credit Hour 323.33 16.00 3.50 N/A N/A N/A N/A 342.83
One-Half Course (1.5 Credit Hours) 485.00 24.00 5.25 30.88 20.00 34.84 2.50 602.47
One Course (3.0 Credit Hours) 970.00 48.00 10.50 30.88 20.00 34.84 2.50 1,116.72
Two Courses (6.0 Credit Hours) 1,940.00 96.00 21.00 30.88 20.00 34.84 2.50 2,145.22
Three Courses (9.0 Credit Hours) 2,910.00 144.00 31.50 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 3,318.23
Four Courses (12.0 Credit Hours) 3,880.00 192.00 42.00 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 4,346.73
Five Courses (15.0 Credit Hours) 4,850.00 240.00 52.50 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,375.23
Six Courses (18.0 Credit Hours) 5,820.00 288.00 63.00 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 6,403.73
FEES

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (Canadian Students)


Semester PS I 2,790.00 120.00 52.50 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 3,175.23
PS II 2,790.00 120.00 52.50 61.75 N/A 145.98 5.00 3,175.23
PS III 2,425.00 120.00 52.50 N/A N/A 145.98 5.00 2,748.48

FACULTY OF EDUCATION PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER FEES (International Students)


Semester PS I 5,580.00 240.00 52.50 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 6,105.23
PS II 5,580.00 240.00 52.50 61.75 20.00 145.98 5.00 6,105.23
PS III 4,850.00 240.00 52.50 N/A 20.00 145.98 5.00 5,313.48

PROGRAMS/COURSES NOT COVERED BY THE ABOVE SCHEDULE


AUDIT FEES
Canadian Students 242.50 242.50
International Students 485.00 485.00

CO-OP PROGRAM (Faculties of Arts and Science and Management)


Canadian Students 560.00 21.00 142.98 5.00 728.98
International Students 560.00 21.00 20.00 142.98 5.00 748.98

MENTOR COURSE (Management 3905)


Canadian Students 280.00 7.00 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 287.00
International Students 560.00 7.00 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 567.00

MUSIC STUDIO COURSES (Music 2148, 2248, 3348, 3448, 3548, 3648, 4748, 4848)
Canadian Students 910.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 944.50
International Students 1,395.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,453.50

PRACTICUM I (Education 2500)


Canadian Students 550.00 24.00 10.50 (Plus applicable Students' Union, A.R.S., Health Centre fee, 584.50
International Students 1,100.00 48.00 10.50 Meliorist fee based upon Full or Part-time status). 1,158.50

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES (EAP) Health Insurance


Canadian/International Students 2,975.00 61.75 20.00 201.00 3,257.75

Notes:
1
International Exchange Fee - $140.00 per exchange: $80 is a non-refundable application fee and $60 is due upon departure.
2
Students' Union Fee components are: Full time rates Part time rates
Building Fund 28.36 12.73
Operations 21.27 10.43
Capital Replacement Fund 5.35 2.68
CKXU Radio 3.00 3.00
Leth. Public Interest Research Group 5.00 5.00
Campus Women's Centre 1.00 1.00
Health Plan 45.00 0.00
Dental Plan 37.00 0.00
$145.98 $34.84
The Students' Union Health and Dental Plan costs are dependent on quotes from the external insurance carrier and are subject to change. The Students' Union Health Plan
is $90 and Dental Plan cost is $73 for the Spring Semester. Contact the Students' Union Office for information on opt-out procedures.

A non-refundable Confirmation of Admission deposit of $75.00 (for undergraduate students) must be paid to the Cash Office for newly admitted and readmitted
undergraduate students. No arrangements whatsoever will be made for this deposit, nor will student loan forms be accepted in lieu of the required deposit.

Past due accounts are charged simple interest set at the Bank of Montreal prime lending rate plus 5% per annum. Interest is calculated and added to the
balance owing at the end of the first working day each month.

Education Information
Practicum I (Education 2500): This course includes a Practicum fee of $65.00 for Canadian students and $130.00 for International students.
PSI, PSII Program: These programs include a Student Practicum Travel fee of $365.00 for Canadian students and $730.00 for International students.
Continuation Fee for Students Assigned an Incomplete grade in PS I, PS II or PS III Practica: Students who are reassigned to a school for two weeks or less pay
a "continuation" fee of half a course fee and anyone serving longer will be assessed a full course fee.

Students aged 65 and over (Senior Citizens) do not pay fees. Students aged 65 and over should contact the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).
Source: Financial Services, December 16, 2004.

58
11. FEE DEADLINES

2005 MAY 2005


SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
May 1 First day of the 2005-2006 academic year.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 Interest charges calculated on any Spring 2005 or prior fees, and added to 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
accounts at the close of the business day. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 Fee deadline date for Summer Session I. 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
23 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed.

JUNE 2005
2005 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
June 1 Interest charges calculated on any Summer Session I or prior fees, and 1 2 3 4
added to accounts at the close of the business day. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30

2005
July 1 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed. JULY 2005
4 Interest charges calculated on any Summer Session I or prior fees, and SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT

FEES
1 2
added to accounts at the close of the business day. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 Fee deadline date for Summer Session II. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
28 Fee deadline date for Summer Session III. 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31

2005
AUGUST 2005
August 1 Civic Holiday - Cash Office closed.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
2 Interest charges calculated on any Summer Session II or prior fees, and 1 2 3 4 5 6
added to accounts at the close of the business day. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
15 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts in order to be permitted to 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
graduate at Fall Convocation (see Part 5 - Graduation, Section 2.
28 29 30 31
Outstanding Accounts, p. 81).

SEPTEMBER 2005
2005
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
September 1 Interest charges calculated on any Summer 2005 or prior fees, and added to 1 2 3
accounts at the close of the business day. 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
23 Students’ Union Health and Dental Plan opt-out deadline for students 25 26 27 28 29 30
admitted in the Fall 2005 Semester.

OCTOBER 2005
2005
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
October 3 Fee deadline date for Fall 2005 Semester. 1
Interest charges calculated on any Fall 2005 or prior fees, and added to 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
accounts at the close of the business day. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Automatic withdrawal of newly admitted or readmitted students who have 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
paid only the Confirmation of Admission deposit. 30 31
Automatic withdrawal of continuing students who have not made any
payments towards the Fall 2005 tuition fees.
10 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed.

When a deadline occurs on a weekend or a Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.

59
2005 NOVEMBER 2005
November 1 Interest charges calculated on any Fall 2005 or prior fees, and added to SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
1 2 3 4 5
accounts at the close of the business day.
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
11 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30

2005
December 1 Interest charges calculated on any Fall 2005 or prior fees, and added to DECEMBER 2005
accounts at the close of the business day. SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts in support of an Application for 1 2 3
Graduation for students completing program requirements in the Fall 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Semester who wish to have this recorded on their transcript. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25-30 Christmas Holidays - Cash Office closed. 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

2006 JANUARY 2006


January 2 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed. SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
3 Interest charges calculated on any Fall 2005 or prior fees, and added to 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
FEES

8 9 10 11 12 13 14
accounts at the close of the business day. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
20 Students’ Union Health and Dental Plan opt-out deadline for students 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
admitted in the Spring 2006 Semester. 29 30 31

2006
FEBRUARY 2006
February 1 Fee deadline date for Spring 2006 Semester.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Interest charges calculated on any Spring 2006 or prior fees, and added to 1 2 3 4
accounts at the close of the business day. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Automatic withdrawal of newly admitted or readmitted students who have 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
paid only the Confirmation of Admission deposit. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28
Automatic withdrawal of continuing students who have not made any
payments towards the Spring 2006 tuition fees.
20 Statutory Holiday - Cash Office closed.

MARCH 2006
2006 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
March 1 Interest charges calculated on any Spring 2006 or prior fees, and added to 1 2 3 4
accounts at the close of the business day. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31

2006
April 1 Deadline to clear all outstanding accounts in order to be permitted to
APRIL 2006
graduate at Spring Convocation (see Part 5 - Graduation, Section 2.
SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Outstanding Accounts, p. 81). 1
3 Interest charges calculated on any Spring 2006 or prior fees, and added to 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
accounts at the close of the business day. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
14 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
17 Statutory Holiday - University offices closed. 30

When a deadline occurs on a weekend or a Statutory or Civic Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.

60
Part 4

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS, POLICIES AND


PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
1. ADVICE AND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 4. UNIVERSITY POLICIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
a. Student Conduct and Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
2. STUDENT COMPUTER LITERACY . . . . . . . . . . .61 b. Taping of Lectures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
c. Personal Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
3. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 d. Inclusive Language Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
a. Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 e. Confidentiality of Student Records Policy . . . .74
b. Waiver of Prerequisite/Corequisite . . . . . . . . .64 f. Examination Policy and Procedures . . . . . . . . .74
c. Academic Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 g. External Users of University Facilities . . . . . . .77
d. Honours Thesis Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 5. GENERAL LIBERAL EDUCATION
e. Residence Requirements and Time Limits . . .65 REQUIREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

1. ADVICE AND INFORMATION request, communicate to students an estimation of


A student may obtain further information about academic their levels of performance by the end of the eighth week
regulations from the Faculty/School in which that student is of the semester.An instructor may prescribe a variety of
registered. It is the responsibility of each student to be forms of evaluation, such as recitations and papers, mid-
familiar with the academic regulations. term examinations and a final examination.
Each Faculty/School has an examination policy which will

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
2. STUDENT COMPUTER LITERACY
be explained by the instructor and is available at the
Effective May 1, 1995, instruction at the University of Faculty/School Office and in the Registrar’s Office and
Lethbridge is designed and scheduled around the assumption Student Services (ROSS) (SU140).
that every student has ready access to a computer and
printer. The University provides access to computers for Final grades are determined in accordance with the
scheduled instruction and negotiates site licenses for software grading system described in this Calendar. All grades for
to minimize costs and facilitate the delivery of support courses and Independent Studies are submitted to the
services, but it cannot provide unlimited access for individual Office of the Dean/Director of the Faculty/School
study and for the preparation of assignments and essays. offering a course by the date set at the end of each
Computer literacy is an essential skill for most professionals session. Except when a Course Incomplete has been
and buying a computer, although expensive, is a wise approved by both the instructor and the Dean/Director,
investment for a student undertaking university studies. there is no provision for the late submission, revision or
The University, with the assistance of the Department of evaluation of students’ work or the late submission of
Information Technology, has developed guidelines to assist grades.
students considering the purchase of a computer. As 1. Grading System
technology changes very quickly and advice is subject to
immediate change, students are encouraged to consult the Effective May 1, 2002, the University of Lethbridge
University’s Web pages (http://www.uleth.ca/notice/) and to and other Alberta universities adopted a common
contact the Help Desk in the Department of Information 4-point grading system. The common grading
Technology (B411; tel. 403-329-2490). For a complete list of system closely resembles the grading system that
Information Technology services at the University of became effective on September 1, 1988, when
Lethbridge, see Part 17 - General Services, Section 17. pluses and minuses were introduced into the
Information Technology (p. 473) for up-to-date original University of Lethbridge grading system. All
information on equipment and available computer service and three University of Lethbridge systems are
assistance to students on campus. described in the table on page 62.
3. ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Under all three systems, the overall academic
performance of a student is expressed as a Grade
All students are bound by the academic regulations contained
in the most current Calendar, regardless of the Calendar they Point Average (GPA). For students whose grades
are following for program requirements. are recorded under two or three systems, the grade
point average is determined in the same way. No
a. Grading attempt will be made at differential weighting of the
An instructor bears full responsibility for evaluating the three systems.
academic performance of students. The grade point average achieved by a student is
An instructor must indicate at the beginning of each determined by multiplying the grade points assigned
course, in writing, the detailed manner by which work to each grade by the weighting factor for the
will be evaluated and the final grades derived and, upon course. The total of all course grade points thus
61
UNIVERSITY OF LETHBRIDGE GRADING SYSTEMS

Grading System Grade Grading System Grade Grading System Grade


effective May 1, 2002 Points prior to May 1, 2002 Points prior to Sept. 1, 1988 Points
A+ 4.0 A+ 4.0 A Excellent 4
A Excellent 4.0 A Excellent 4.0
A- 3.7 A- 3.7
B+ 3.3 B+ 3.3 B Superior 3
B Good 3.0 B Good 3.0
B- 2.7 B- 2.7
C+ 2.3 C+ 2.3
C Satisfactory 2.0 C Satisfactory 2.0 C Satisfactory 2
C- 1.7 C- 1.7
D+ Poor 1.3 D+ 1.3
D Minimal Pass 1.0 D Poor 1.0 D Poor 1
D- 0.7
F Failure 0 F Failing 0 F Failing 0

WF Withdrawal Fail 0
effective May 1, 1992
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

calculated is then divided by the total of the Other types of GPA calculations:
weighting factors for all courses. Administrative units at the University may calculate
Example: Total a variety of averages in order to determine eligibility
Grade Weighting Grade for scholarships and awards, academic standing,
Grade Points Factor Points admission, graduation, etc. When making their
Sociology 1000 A = 4 x 3.00 = 12.00
English 1900 B = 3 x 3.00 = 9.00
calculations, units may include grades for courses
Math 1560 C = 2 x 3.00 = 6.00 transferred from another institution and grades
Phys. Act. 2215 A = 4 x 1.50 = 6.00 hidden by the Credit/Non-Credit designation. In
Physics 1000 D = 1 x 3.00 = 3.00 addition, they may choose to exclude certain grades
13.50 36.00 on both University of Lethbridge and transfer
The total Grade Points divided by the total Weighting courses from the GPA calculations.
Factor = the Grade Point Average (GPA).
36.00 Additional GPA calculations include Academic
13.50 = 2.67 (GPA) Standing GPA,Admission GPA,Awards GPA, Faculty
GPA, Major GPA, Prerequisite GPA, Program GPA
Non-Grade Designations (no grade points and Residence GPA. Note that these calculations
assigned): are defined by the unit which uses the GPA.
AI - Administrative Incomplete There are certain courses which are not included in
AU - Audit the calculation of the current or cumulative GPA.
I - Incomplete These include courses transferred from another
Cr - Credit institution; the first attempt for a repeated course;
NC - Non-Credit courses exceeding the maximum taken by an
P - Pass Unclassified Student, as designated by a
W - Withdrawal
Faculty/School; and courses in which there are non-
WC - Withdrawal with Cause
grade designations such Credit/Non-Credit.
X - Continuing
X - Permanent In the case of courses designated as Pass/Fail, a ‘P’ or
‘Pass’ is not included in the calculation of the
2. Grade Point Average in the University of current or cumulative GPA, but an ‘F’ or ‘Fail’ is
Lethbridge Record included in the GPA calculation.
The current grade point average is printed on the
official transcript. The current GPA is calculated on AI - Administrative Incomplete
all graded courses completed in a given term. The The designation of ‘AI’ is recorded at the time all
cumulative GPA is the average of all graded courses grades are released for a given term by the
completed at the University of Lethbridge at a given Registrar, if the grade assigned by the instructor of
level (undergraduate or graduate). The cumulative a completed course has not been received by the
GPA is calculated but does not appear on the official deadline. The ‘AI’ is replaced by the letter grade as
transcript. soon as it is received. The ‘AI’ designation is
62
temporary, must be replaced by a grade as soon as WC - Withdrawal with Cause
possible and may not be used in lieu of an The designation ‘WC’ is recorded only in case of
Incomplete designation.
serious illness or other extenuating circumstances
I - Incomplete beyond the control of the student, which make
The designation of ‘I’ is awarded only in case of continuation in a course impossible and where an
illness or other extenuating circumstances beyond ‘Incomplete’ designation is not in order. For
the control of the student, which make it impossible admitted students, the ‘WC’ is recorded only on
to complete the required work by the close of a application to the Faculty/School Advising Office.
semester. The ‘I’ designation is awarded only on For Unclassified Students, the ‘WC’ is recorded
application to and approval of both the instructor
upon application to the Associate Registrar. A ‘WC’
and the appropriate Dean/Director and such
does not count towards the faculty/school
application is not entertained until the last two
weeks of classes. When the ‘I’ is approved, an maximum number of withdrawals, but it is assessed
appropriate deadline is determined for completion fees in accordance with the University fee policy.
of outstanding work. A student who does not
WF - Withdrawal Fail
complete outstanding work by the assigned
deadline will normally receive an ‘F’ in the course. Courses from which a student withdraws which are
The ‘I’ designation may be converted by the in excess of the Faculty/School maximum receive a
instructor to a letter designation within a maximum grade designation of ‘WF’ - Withdrawal Fail. Unlike
of one year; if not so converted, it becomes an ‘F’ the ‘W’, the ‘WF’ carries a grade point value of zero.
except where circumstances continue to prevent See W - Withdrawal above for Faculty/School
the completion of the course, in which case the ‘I’ maximums.
designation remains on the transcript.
An ‘I’ designation assigned in an Education Field X - Continuing
Experience course has a different interpretation. Used only for courses which may extend beyond
Details are available from the Assistant Dean, one semester. Eligible courses are designated by the

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Student Program Services, Faculty of Education. Faculty or School offering the course. Signifies that
W - Withdrawal a grade will be awarded at the conclusion of the
course and will replace the ‘X’ on the student’s
A designation of ‘W’ may be recorded at any time
after the Add/Drop period, up to and including the transcript.
ninth week of classes. The ‘W’ designation shall be X - Permanent
awarded only upon formal application by the
student or his/her agent to the Registrar in Used for placeholder courses to indicate that the
writing. Students are responsible for ensuring that student is active in the program but is not taking
the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS) courses in a given term or is taking credit courses
receives the request for withdrawal by the relevant at another institution, under the appropriate
deadline. If a student chooses to mail his or her authorization.
request for withdrawal, then the Registrar’s Office
and Student Services (ROSS) recommends that the Also used in an Undergraduate Thesis Course
student use Registered Mail to guarantee delivery. (4995) when a student elects to complete the
course over two semesters. This grade designation
Students are limited to a specific number of
individual course withdrawals, according to either is assigned to the first semester.
their programs of study or the number of transfer Cr/NC - Credit/Non-Credit
credit hours they were awarded.
A student may elect to designate some courses as
All single and combined degrees programs:
Credit/Non-Credit. This alternative is designed to
• No transfer credit 5
encourage students to expand their academic
• 1.5 - 30.0 transfer credit hour equivalents 5 interests by taking courses outside their field of
• 31.5 - 60.0 transfer credit hour equivalents 4 major interest. Credit/Non-Credit is not available to
All post-diploma programs, with or Unclassified Students.
without transfer credit 3 For completion of course requirements with a
All post-diploma combined degree programs, grade of ‘C’ or better, the grade earned appears on
with or without transfer credit 4 the transcript automatically. If a grade between ‘C-’
All certificate programs, with or without and ‘D’ (inclusive) is earned, a ‘Cr’ appears on the
transfer credit 2 transcript. If a grade of ‘F’ is earned, an ‘NC’ appears
All second degree programs, with or on the transcript.
without transfer credit 3 Students may designate courses as Credit/Non-
Credit according to the following limits:

63
All single and combined degrees programs: 3. Repeat of a Course
• No transfer credit 4 At the University of Lethbridge, a student may
• 1.5 - 30.0 transfer credit hour equivalents 4 repeat a course only once to improve a grade.
• 31.5 - 60.0 transfer credit hour equivalents 3 Students wishing to improve their grade in an
All post-diploma programs, with or Independent Study, Series or Topics course must
without transfer credit 2 repeat the section with the identical title. From
time-to-time, Topics offerings are made into
All post-diploma combined degree programs,
regularly scheduled courses and listed in the
with or without transfer credit 3
Calendar. In this case, students must complete the
All certificate programs, with or without regularly scheduled course that corresponds to the
transfer credit 1 particular Topics offering in order to improve their
All second degree programs, with or grade.
without transfer credit 2
If a student repeats a course, the grades for both
A student is further limited in the number of attempts are recorded on the transcript, but only
Credit/Non-Credit designations made per term. In the grade for the second attempt is computed in
the Fall and Spring Semesters, a student may elect the GPA.
Credit/Non-Credit in a maximum of two courses. In Students who have repeated a course must submit
Summer Session, a student may elect Credit/Non-
a Repeated Course Recalculation of Grade Point Average
Credit in a maximum of one course per session.
Form (available at the Registrar’s Office and Student
Once a course is designated Credit/Non-Credit, it
counts toward the maximum, irrespective of the Services [ROSS]).
outcome. A student may not use a Credit/Non-Credit
The Credit/Non-Credit alternative may not be designation to replace a grade earned previously.
elected in courses constituting the student’s major, b. Waiver of Prerequisite/Corequisite
specialization or minor, required courses in
Education and specifically-required, pre-Management Students may possess some educational experience that
provides much of the background usually acquired in a
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

courses. Education students may elect a maximum of


three Education courses as Credit/Non-Credit. For prerequisite or corequisite to a particular course. In such
the purpose of this regulation, Management courses cases, the student may seek the permission of the
are regarded as the major for the B.Mgt. degree, Faculty/School to waive the prerequisite(s) and/or
Nursing courses are regarded as the major for the corequisite(s) for that course.
B.N. degree, and Health Sciences courses are Application for a prerequisite/corequisite waiver must be
regarded as the major for the B.H.Sc. degree. made through the Department offering the course. Once
No courses carrying a ‘Credit’ designation may be written permission is received from the instructor
used to meet requirements where the Credit/Non- and/or Department, a student may register in a course
Credit designation is specifically prohibited in the without having completed the prerequisite(s) and/or
Calendar. Faculties/Schools may allow substitutions corequisite(s). Students do not receive credit for the
for designated courses at their discretion, but must waived prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s).
consider the records of such students as deficient.
If a prerequisite or corequisite course is specifically
Note: Credit (Cr) designations are often counted by other
institutions as equivalent to ‘D’ grades. Non-Credit (NC) required in a program or major, it must be registered and
designations are often counted by other institutions as completed at some point unless a substitution has been
equivalent to ‘F’ grades. Students in pre-professional approved by the Dean. In the case of courses required
and other transfer programs, and students planning to for the major, substitutions must be recommended to
apply to graduate or professional schools, should the Dean by the Department/Program Coordinator.
consider this carefully before electing this option.
A student may not use a Credit/Non-Credit c. Academic Standards
designation to replace a grade earned previously. 1. Student in Good Standing
P - Pass/Fail Courses To be in good standing, a student must maintain the
Certain courses are specified as Pass/Fail in the following minimum cumulative grade point average:
course descriptions. For such courses, students are
Number of completed courses GPA
awarded either the designation ‘P’ or the grade ‘F’.
(includes transfer courses) (UofL)
The designation ‘P’ indicates satisfactory completion
1-10 1.70
of the objectives of a Pass/Fail course. When a
student is awarded the designation ‘P’, the course is 11-20 1.85
not included in computation of the grade point 21-40 2.00
average; when the student is awarded ‘F’, the course Students should be aware that some Faculties/
is included in computation of the grade point Schools require higher levels of performance in
average. certain courses or semesters. Students are referred
Note: Students in pre-professional transfer programs are to detailed statements by Faculties/Schools in
advised that some institutions do not recognize courses relevant Parts of this Calendar.
for which grades are not assigned.The designation ‘P’ is
not considered to be a grade.
64
2. Probationary Student program/major for which the student is qualified
If the cumulative grade point average falls below the and which is offered by that Faculty/School.
required levels, the student is placed on academic d. Honours Thesis Designation
probation and is subject to program restrictions.
Undergraduate Thesis courses will be designated by the
In some cases a student may be admitted as same number in all disciplines: 4995.
probationary because a previous academic record is
Undergraduate Thesis courses will carry the subject
either deficient in some respect, below the standard
code for the discipline (e.g., PHIL).
ordinarily required or difficult to assess.
These courses will carry the title: Undergraduate Thesis.
3. Required Withdrawal From the University
Undergraduate Thesis courses will be 6.0 credit hours,
Students may be required to withdraw on three and tuition fees will be assessed on the regular fee basis.
academic grounds: (1) academic indices, (2)
Prerequisites will include: (1) fourth-year standing (a
consecutive semesters on probation or (3) failure
minimum of 90.0 credit hours) and (2) a cumulative GPA
to meet the terms of Conjoint Admission.
specified by the Faculty or School.
Students shall be required to withdraw for academic
Any disciplinary requirements beyond those prescribed
reasons from University of Lethbridge programs
for the major are included as prerequisites for the
only following the Spring Semester.
undergraduate thesis courses and appear in this
a. Required Withdrawal - Academic Indices Calendar under the undergraduate thesis course listing
Students who have completed six courses and (see Part 15 - Courses).
whose cumulative grade point average, at the The grading mode will be standard letter grading.
end of the Spring Semester, falls below the Credit/Non-credit is not available.
following indices are required to withdraw
A minimum grade approved by the Faculty or School
from the University:
Council must be achieved in order to attain the ‘Honours
Number of completed courses GPA Thesis’ designation. A student who achieves a grade of
(includes transfer courses) (UofL) ‘D’ or higher, but not the designated minimum grade in
6-10 1.50 this course, or who fails to meet any other requirement

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
11-20 1.70 for the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation, will retain credit for
21-30 1.85 the equivalent of two courses (6.0 credit hours) under
31-40 2.00 the course title of ‘Undergraduate Thesis’ but will not be
b. Required Withdrawal - Semesters on eligible for the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation.
Probation For information regarding the ‘Honours Thesis’
Students who, at the end of the Spring designation and Undergraduate Thesis Courses for the
Semester, have remained on academic B.A., B.Sc., and BASc. degrees, see Part 7 - Arts and
probation for two or more consecutive Science, Sections 5.c., 6.c. and 7.c., respectively.
semesters, are required to withdraw from the e. Residence Requirements and Time Limits
University.
The University of Lethbridge’s residence
c. Required Withdrawal - Terms of Conjoint requirements and time limits for completion of
Admission credentials are listed in the table on pages 66-67.
Students admitted with Conjoint Admission Please note the following for the last three columns of
who twice unsuccessfully attempt Advanced the table:
Level EAP or who fail to meet the English
Column A: Residence Requirement
Language Proficiency requirement in two
semesters, are required to withdraw from the A student who is a candidate for a degree, diploma
University (see Part 1 - Admission, Section or certificate must satisfy the minimum residence
5.d., p. 35). requirement through successful completion of
University of Lethbridge courses.A single course, as
Students should be aware that regulations
listed in this table, is the equivalent of 3.0 credit
pertaining to required withdrawal may vary
hours.
depending on the Faculty/School. Students are
referred to their respective Faculty/School for Column B:Time Limit for Retention of Individual
details on these regulations. Course Credit
Many courses have a defined ‘shelf life.’ A course
4. Required Withdrawal From Program/Major
may be used to meet program requirements for a
Where demand for access exceeds program/major specific number of years. After that point, credit for
capacity, Faculties/Schools reserve the right to set that course is not retained.
academic standards for continuation in a specific
Column C:Time Limit for Program Completion
program or major, according to approved
enrolment management policies. A student who is A student who is a candidate for a degree, diploma
not eligible to continue in a program/major, but or certificate must satisfy all program requirements
whose academic performance does not warrant within the time limit established by the
required withdrawal from the Faculty/School or the Faculty/School administering that program.
University, is guaranteed a seat in a related
65
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

University of Lethbridge Residence Requirements and Time Limits

66
Faculty/ Program Number of A. Residence Requirement B. Time Limit for Retention C. Time Limit for
School Courses (Minimum number of UofL courses required and, if applicable, when of Individual Course Credit Program Completion
in Program they must be completed in the program.) (UofL and/or transfer credit.)
ARTS AND B.A., B.Sc., BASc. 40 As the first degree: No limit. No limit.
SCIENCE 20 courses, including the last 10 taken for credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 20 20 courses, taken after admission to the second degree program.
Post-Diploma B.A., B.Sc. 20 As the first degree:
Programs Agricultural Studies 18 courses, including the last 5 taken for credit toward the degree.
B.Sc. Computer 20 As the first degree:
Science 20 courses. (No transfer credit.)
B.Sc. Environmental 20 As the first degree:
Science (See Note 1.) 15 courses, including the last 5 taken for credit toward the degree.
B.Sc. Geography with a 20 As the first degree:
Concentration in Geographical 20 courses. (No transfer credit.)
Information Science
EDUCATION B.Ed. 20 As the second degree: No limit. No limit.
The last 20 courses, including 10 in Education. (No transfer credit.)
B.Ed. after Teacher Training Varies As the first degree:
Set on an individual basis.
Diploma Program D.P.E. 8 5 courses. No limit. 5 years after admission. (Extension possible
upon application.)
FINE ARTS B.F.A. (Art) 40 As the first degree: No limit. No limit.
20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in Art and the last 10 taken for
credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 15 15 courses.
B.F.A. (Dramatic Arts) 40 As the first degree:
20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in Dramatic Arts and
the last 10 taken for credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 15 15 courses.
B.F.A. (Multidisciplinary) 40 As the first degree:
20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in the Faculty of Fine Arts and
the last 10 taken for credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 15 15 courses.
B.F.A. (New Media) 40 As the first degree:
(formerly Multimedia) 20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in New Media and the
last 10 taken for credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 15 15 courses.
B.Mus. 40 As the first degree:
20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in Music and the last
10 taken for credit toward the degree.
Minimum As the second degree:
of 15 15 courses.
Post-Diploma B.F.A. (Art), B.F.A. (Dramatic 20 As the first degree: No limit. No limit.
Programs Arts), B.Mus. 20 courses. (No transfer credit.)
(After a Two-Year Diploma)
B.F.A. (Art), B.F.A. (Dramatic 15 As the first degree:
Arts), B.Mus. 15 courses. (No transfer credit)
(After a Three-Year Diploma)
B.F.A. (Multidisciplinary) (After 20 As the first degree:
a Two- or Three-Year Diploma) 20 courses. (No transfer credit.)
HEALTH NESA (Nursing Education in 40 2/3 20 courses, including a minimum of 12 in Nursing and Health Sciences. 7 years for Nursing courses. 7 years after completion of the first
SCIENCES Southwestern Alberta) B.N. (122.0 cr. hrs.) Nursing course used for the degree.
B.H.Sc. - Addictions 40 As the first degree: 7 years for Health Sciences 7 years after completion of the first Health
Counselling 20 courses, including a minimum of 10 in Health Sciences and Nursing. courses. Sciences course used for the degree.
As the second degree:
17 courses in the School of Health Sciences.
Post-Diploma B.N. for Registered Nurses 20 As the first or second degree: 6 years for Nursing courses. 6 years after completion of the first
Programs (60.0 cr. hrs.) 18 courses. Nursing course used for the degree.
B.N. for Registered Nurses with 15 As the first or second degree: 6 years for Nursing courses. 6 years after completion of the first
Specialty Certification (45.0 cr. hrs.) 15 courses. Nursing course used for the degree.
B.H.Sc. - Addictions 20 As the first degree: No limit. 7 years after completion of the first Health
Counselling 18 courses, including a minimum of 12 Health Sciences and Nursing. Sciences course used for the degree.
Certificate Health Sciences Certificate 10 8 courses. No limit. No time limit. However 8 UofL courses
Program must be completed after admission.
MANAGEMENT B.Mgt. 40 As the first degree: See Notes 3 and 4. 10 years after admission to the Faculty of
20 courses, including 10 3000/4000-level courses in Management. Management.
15-20 As the second degree: See Notes 3 and 4.
15 courses, including at least 10 3000/4000-level courses in Management.
Post-Diploma B.Mgt. (See Note 2.) 20-24 20 courses, excluding courses taken as part of the Qualifying Program. See Notes 3 and 4.
Program (No transfer credit.) (No transfer credit.)
Certificate Management Certificate 10 5 courses after admission to a Certificate program in the Faculty of See Note 3. 5 years after admission to the Faculty of
Program Management. Management.
COMBINED B.A./B.Ed., B.Sc./B.Ed. 50 30 courses, including 15 in Arts and Science and 15 in Education. No limit. No limit.
DEGREES B.F.A. (Art)/B.Ed. 50 30 courses, including a minimum of 7 in Art and 15 in Education.
B.F.A. (Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed. 50 30 courses, including a minimum of 6 in Drama and 15 in Education.
B.Mus./B.Ed. 52 32 courses, including a minimum of 9 in Music and 15 in Education.
B.Mgt./B.Ed. 50 30 courses, including 10 in Management (7 of which must be at the See Note 3. 10 years after admission to the Faculty
3000/4000 level) and 15 in Education. No limit for Education courses. of Management.
B.A./B.Mgt., B.Sc./B.Mgt. 50 30 courses, including 20 in Arts and Science and 10 in Management No limit for Arts and Science
at the 3000/4000 level. courses. See Notes 3 and 4.
Post-Diploma B.F.A. (Art)/B.Ed., 35 As the first degree: No limit. No limit.
Combined B.F.A. (Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed., 35 courses, including a minimum of 8 in the discipline (Art, Dramatic
Degrees B.Mus./B.Ed. (After a Two- or Arts or Music) and 20 courses in Education. (No transfer credit.)
Programs Three-Year Diploma)
B.Mgt./B.Ed. 35 30 courses, including 8 in Management and 15 in Education. See Note 3. 10 years after admission to the Faculty
No limit for Education courses. of Management.
GRADUATE M.A., M.Sc. 2-4 A minimum of 12 months and a maximum of 24 months full-time Transfer credit must be completed A minimum of 12 months and a
STUDIES continuous registration at the UofL. within 7 years prior to admission. maximum of 24 months full-time continuous
registration at the UofL.
M.Ed. 12 8 courses. Transfer credit must be completed 5 years after admission
within 5 years prior to admission.
M.Sc. (Management) 12 A minimum of 12 months and a maximum of 24 months full-time Transfer credit must be completed
continuous registration at the UofL. within 3 years prior to admission.
Ph.D. Up to 6 A minimum of 24 months and a maximum of 48 months full-time No limit. A minimum of 24 months and a
continuous registration at the UofL. maximum of 48 months full-time
continuous registration at the UofL.

67
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Notes for the table: available for this discussion, the Dean shall
There are restrictions on the Diploma used as the allow the appeal to proceed without it.
basis for admission. 2. All grade appeals must be initiated by
1. For the Post-Diploma B.Sc. Environmental completion of a Grade Appeal Form,
Science. which must be received and signed by the
Dean by the following dates immediately
See Part 7 - Arts and Science, Section following completion of the course: Fall
11.a. (p. 98) for complete information. Semester courses - February 7; Spring
2. For the Post-Diploma B.Mgt. Semester courses - June 7; Summer
The approved diploma can be no more than Session courses - October 7.
eight years old at the point of admission. The Grade Appeal Form must explain why
3. Management courses completed prior to the student believes that the grade was
admission may be no more than eight years improperly determined. The Dean’s
old. Once admitted, credit is retained until signature on the Grade Appeal Form
completion of the program (up to a maximum indicates that the student has discussed
of 10 years after admission). the merits of the grade appeal with the
Dean, who is also charged with explaining
4. Students who study for one semester at an the procedures connected with the grade
international institution under Exchange appeal.
Student authorization will count the exchange
courses toward meeting the minimum 3. The Dean shall immediately forward the
residence requirement. appeal to the Faculty Grade Appeal Chair
and send signed copies of the Grade
4. UNIVERSITY POLICIES Appeal Form to both the instructor(s)
and the student.
a. Student Conduct and Appeals
4. The Chair shall immediately request both
1. Appeal of Grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 instructor(s) and student to submit any
a. Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 relevant documentation pertaining to the
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

appeal, and indicate in writing the name of


b. Faculty and School Appeals . . . . . . . . . . . 68
the Faculty member or student agreeing
c. Appeals to General Faculties
to serve on the Grade Appeal
Council (GFC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Committee.
d. Committee Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
5. The instructor(s) and student must each
2. Student Discipline Policy . . . . . . . . . . 69 submit relevant documentation and the
a. Academic Offenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 names of those willing to serve on the
Discipline Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Committee no later than 14 days after the
Procedures to be Followed by Chair’s request, after which period the
Dean may act on behalf of either the
Instructors and Deans . . . . . . . . . 70
instructor(s) or the student.
Suspensions/Expulsions . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Discipline Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 6. The Faculty Grade Appeal Committee
b. Non-Academic Offenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 shall reach a decision no later than 30
days following the striking of the
3. Appeal of Application of Policy Other Committee.
than Grade or Student Discipline . . . 74
7. The Chair of the Faculty Grade Appeal
1. Appeal of Grade Committee shall deposit the file relating
to an appeal with the Dean within 10 days
a. Definition following an appeal decision by the
Grade appeals deal with claims that a student’s Committee. The Dean shall immediately
course grade has been improperly determined. notify in writing the instructor(s) and
Student appeals will be directed to the student of the Committee’s decision.
Dean/Director of the Faculty/School in which c. Appeals to General Faculties Council (GFC)
the course is taught.
1. Either the student or the instructor(s)
In this Policy, ‘instructor’ shall indicate may appeal the decision of a Faculty
instructor/supervisor, ‘Dean’ shall indicate Grade Appeal Committee to General
Dean/Director and ‘Faculty’ shall indicate Faculties Council. The appeal must be
Faculty/School. submitted to the Secretary of General
b. Faculty and School Appeals Faculties Council no later than 30 days
1. The student is not required to inform the after the decision of the Faculty Grade
instructor(s) of an intention to appeal, Appeal Committee has been mailed.
but, before initiating a grade appeal, the 2. The General Faculties Council shall reach
student must have discussed the grade a decision regarding the appeal no later
and how it was determined with the than 30 days after the date that the appeal
instructor(s). If the Dean of the Faculty is was received by the Secretary of General
satisfied that the instructor(s) was not Faculties Council.
68
3. The authority of General Faculties available non-grade designation. This
Council regarding grade appeals shall be means the Faculty and GFC Grade Appeal
delegated to the GFC Grade Appeal Committees can adjust grades up or
Committee, appointed by General down, or change a grade designation to a
Faculties Council.The GFC Grade Appeal non-grade designation. In the event that
Committee shall consist of three Faculty an ‘Incomplete’ is awarded, the
members from at least two Faculties who Committee must prescribe the procedure
have previously chaired Faculty Grade by which the ‘Incomplete’ will be
Appeal Committees or who have converted into a letter grade or non-
comparable experience. Appointments to grade designation.
the GFC Grade Appeal Committee shall 5. A written report supporting any Faculty
be for three years, staggered to provide Grade Appeal Committee decision must
continuity. The GFC Grade Appeal
be submitted in every case.The report of
Committee shall determine its own
the Faculty Grade Appeal Committee
procedures and appoint its own Chair.
shall include a summary of the
4. The Chair of the GFC Grade Appeal Committee’s rationale for the decision.
Committee shall deposit the file relating Where the Committee’s decision is not
to an appeal with the appropriate Dean, unanimous, the report may contain, but is
with a copy to the Secretary of General not required to contain, a dissenting
Faculties Council, within 10 days of the opinion.
decision of the Committee regarding the
appeal.The Secretary of General Faculties 6. After a grade appeal is completed,
Council will communicate immediately in personal materials must be returned to
writing the decision of the Grade Appeal the instructor(s) and student.
Committee to the student, instructor(s), 2. Student Discipline Policy
Dean(s), Registrar and the Department.
a. Academic Offenses
d. Committee Procedure
The integrity of the University and of the
(Faculty Grade Appeal Committee and Grade

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
degrees the University confers is dependent
Appeal Committee of General Faculties upon the honesty and soundness of the
Council) teacher-student relationship, as well as the
1. The Grade Appeal Committee shall integrity of the evaluation process. Conduct by
determine its own procedures. It is any student that adversely affects this
understood that the instructor(s) and the relationship or process represents an academic
student shall have opportunity to make offense. The following describes the principal
presentations to the Committee in academic offenses and procedures for their
writing, orally or both. investigation and penalization. This policy
2. Decisions of a Grade Appeal Committee pertains to such conduct where it involves any
shall be made by a majority vote. person registered in a University course
(credit or non-credit).
3. In the case of the Faculty Grade Appeal
Committee, no member of the 1. Plagiarism
Committee shall act as an advocate for No student shall represent the words,
either the student or the instructor(s) or ideas, images, or data of another person as
otherwise act as a representative of some his or her own. This regulation will affect
factional interest. Should the Chair of the any academic assignment or other
Committee believe that the deliberations component of any course or program of
of the Committee suffer from a lack of study, whether the plagiarized material
objectivity on the part of one or more of constitutes a part or the entirety of the
its members, the Chair shall so inform the work submitted.
Dean. Following such information from
2. Cheating
the Committee Chair, the Dean may
withdraw responsibility for considering a. In the course of an examination, no
the appeal from this Committee. Where student shall obtain or attempt to
the Dean withdraws responsibility for obtain information from another
considering an appeal from a Committee, student or other unauthorized source,
the Dean shall, following consultation with or give or attempt to give information
the student and instructor(s), appoint two to another student, or knowingly
members to a new Faculty Grade Appeal possess, use or attempt to use any
Committee who, together with the Chair, unauthorized material.
shall assume responsibility for considering b. No student shall represent or attempt
the appeal. to represent oneself as another or
4. A Grade Appeal Committee is not have or attempt to have oneself
restricted in its decision to finding either represented by another in the taking
for or against the request of any appeal, of an examination, preparation of a
but may award any letter grade or any paper or other evaluated activity.
69
3. Duplication Procedures to be Followed by
No student shall submit in any course or Instructors and Deans
program of study, without both the 1. The instructor must review the alleged
knowledge and approval of the person or offense with the student and shall advise
persons to whom it is submitted, all or a the student to refer to the Discipline
substantial portion of any academic Policy.
assignment for which credit has 2. Where the instructor has reason to
previously been obtained or which has believe that an offense has been
been or is being submitted in another committed, he/she may impose one or
course or program of study in the more of the following penalties in addition
University or elsewhere. (This clause is
to a written reprimand:
not intended to prevent the integration of
learning but, rather, to prevent duplication a. Additional work.
of credit for a body of work.) b. Grade reduction in or rejection of the
4. Confidential Materials assignment.
It is an offense knowingly to procure, c. Grade reduction in the course.
distribute or receive any confidential d. A grade of ‘F’ in the course. If a
academic material such as pending student is given a grade of ‘F’, then the
examinations or laboratory notebooks. student is no longer registered in that
5. Misrepresentation offering of the course and no longer
It is an offense knowingly to misrepresent has classroom privileges (see Part 2 -
material facts to another for the purpose Registration).
of obtaining academic advantage or credit. With the imposition of a penalty of a. to
This offense is committed whenever a d., the instructor shall inform the student
student submits in any course or program in writing including a summary of the
of study any academic assignment offense and penalty and shall send a copy
containing a statement of fact known by to the Dean for inclusion in the student's
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

the student to be false or a fabricated file in the Registrar's Office and Student
reference to non-existent sources or Services (ROSS). The Registrar shall
documents. inform the Dean if the student has had a
6. Other Offenses previous notice in his/her file. At the
discretion of the Dean, a student with a
Faculties and Schools may define and must
previous academic offense on file may be
publicize any other academic offenses
subject to further disciplinary action. Such
specific to a given program, together with
action will be progressive, aimed at
attendant penalties. A statement of such
correcting inappropriate academic
offenses and penalties must be approved
behaviour and could include penalties
by the General Faculties Council.
ranging from a recommendation of a
Discipline Procedures grade reduction to suspension or
In this Policy, ‘instructor’ shall indicate expulsion.The Dean may also refer such a
instructor/supervisor, ‘Dean’ shall indicate case to the GFC Discipline Committee
Dean/Director. when a penalty listed above has been
applied. The Dean will also have the
Initiation of Proceedings option of referring a case to the GFC
Any member of the University community who Discipline Committee, even in cases
believes that a student has violated academic where there is no appeal by the student.
regulations may initiate proceedings against the
Appeals of an Instructor’s Decision
student.
Within 30 days of receipt of the written
1. An instructor who believes that a student
statement described immediately above, the
has committed an academic offense
student may challenge either the accusation of
should proceed according to the
having committed an offense or the penalty
Procedures section following.
imposed by an instructor for an offense. The
2. Any other person who believes that a Dean shall review the case and either uphold
student has committed an academic the instructor’s decision, reduce the penalty or
offense should communicate to the dismiss the case. The Dean shall inform the
instructor of the affected course the student and instructor in writing of this
particulars of the time and place and decision. If an allegation of an academic offense
provide a brief summary of the alleged is dismissed, the written notice in the student’s
misconduct. Where the alleged academic file shall be destroyed. The Dean’s decision
offense does not involve a specific course, regarding the appeal of the instructor’s
the allegation of misconduct should be decision shall be final.
directed to the Dean of the program in
which the student is registered.
70
Suspensions/Expulsions Discipline Committee
Suspension 1. a. Composition
Suspension requires a student to withdraw The Discipline Committee shall
completely from the University for a specified consist of the Vice-President
period of time, to a maximum of three years. (Academic) (or designate) as Chair,
Upon expiry of the period of suspension, the two Faculty members appointed for
student will be permitted to reapply to the two-year staggered terms by the
program from which he or she was suspended, General Faculties Council and two
subject to the appropriate admission standards student members recommended by
applicable at the time of reapplication. the Students’ Union and approved by
the General Faculties Council. One
Expulsion alternate Faculty member and one
Expulsion requires a student to withdraw alternate student member shall also be
completely from the University for an appointed and will be invited to serve
indefinite period of time.The student shall not in the event that Committee members
be permitted to return without the written are unable to do so. The alternate
approval of the Vice-President (Academic) in Faculty member will normally become
consultation with the Dean of the program a full Committee member for two
from which the student was expelled. Such subsequent years.b. Quorum
approval shall not normally be given before the A quorum shall consist of four, to
expiry of three years. include the Chair plus a minimum of
1. If the instructor considers that the case one Faculty and one student member.
requires suspension or expulsion, he/she c. Conflict-of-Interest
shall make such recommendation in To encourage impartiality, Committee
writing to the Dean, outlining the members shall not serve during
particulars of the case, with a copy to the investigations of students with whom
student. The instructor shall advise the

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
they have familial or other close
student to seek advice from their Faculty associations. Faculty members shall
Advisor and/or the Associate Vice- not serve during investigations of
President (Student Services) and students currently taking courses
Registrar. taught by that Faculty member.
2. If the Dean considers that suspension or The Chair shall rule on the eligibility of
expulsion is in order, he/she shall so notify Committee members in cases
the Discipline Committee in writing, with regarding potential conflict-of-interest.
a copy to the student. The Discipline 2. The Discipline Committee shall set its
Committee shall hear the case and will own procedures for investigation, subject
have the authority to expel, suspend, to the following guidelines:
implement a lesser penalty or dismiss the a. The Chair shall inform the student in
case. writing of the academic regulation
3. During the period from the time of any which is alleged to have been violated
recommendation of suspension or and the possibility of suspension or
expulsion until the point of a final expulsion. The student shall be
decision, the student shall receive a grade informed (by Registered Mail), at least
of ‘Incomplete’ for the course in which 14 days prior to the date of the
the charge was laid.This includes the time hearing, of the date, time and place of
until an appeal has been heard. A student the hearing and notified that if the
shall be allowed to continue his/her student does not appear, the
program of study until a decision is finally Committee may hear the case in the
rendered. There will be no loss of credit student’s absence.
for courses taken during this period of b. The student may be accompanied by
time. an advisor, or represented by a
4. In the event that the decision affects the designate, who may speak on the
graduation status of the student, the student’s behalf and/or the student
may submit a written statement.
decision regarding the offense shall be
rendered as soon as possible. c. The Chair shall notify the Dean and
Nonetheless, where delay in reaching the the instructor who lodged the
decision results in postponement of original complaint, of the date, time
graduation, the University will not be held and place of the hearing, together
responsible unless the decision has been with a copy of any written submission
unreasonably withheld. from the student and shall request
the Dean’s /instructor’s attendance at
the hearing.
71
d. The student, his/her advisor or any other person, or his or her
designate and the Dean/instructor property. No member of the
shall have the right to cross-examine University community shall be placed
any persons who have been asked by in a situation of fear of physical abuse
the Committee to speak and may call or fear of damage to his or her
forward witnesses or other persons. property. A student shall not
e. The hearing shall be in camera. A knowingly incite others, by whatever
confidential record of the hearing shall means, to threaten by physical abuse
be kept. or engage in physical abuse of
individuals or groups of individuals.
3. At the conclusion of the hearing, the
Discipline Committee shall decide by b. A student shall not harass or
majority vote whether suspension, discriminate against any other person
expulsion or a lesser penalty is warranted. on the basis of age, race, colour,
The Committee shall take into ethnicity, national origin, philosophical
consideration the disciplinary record of or religious affiliation or belief, sex,
the student. sexual orientation, marital status or
physical disability.
The Discipline Committee shall prepare a
brief summary of the evidence and 3. Misuse or Misappropriation of University
arguments presented, the decision of the Equipment, Facilities or Services
Committee and the rationale for the a. A student shall not convert, damage or
Committee’s decision. This document destroy any University property,
shall be signed and delivered within seven equipment, facility or service.
days of the conclusion of the hearing to b. A student shall not deface the exterior
the University President, who shall or interior of any building, structure or
communicate the same to the student. facility of the University.
If the student is to be suspended or c. A student shall not misuse a facility by
expelled, the date of implementation shall gaining unauthorized entry or by
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

be sent by Registered Mail. A copy of the remaining in a facility without


Discipline Committee’s report shall be appropriate authority. Facilities
placed in the student’s file in the include, but are not limited to, all
Registrar’s Office and Student Services University buildings, structures,
(ROSS) and a copy shall be sent to the parking lots, athletic playing fields and
Dean. A notation concerning suspension lands.
or expulsion shall be placed on the
student’s transcript. d. A student shall not misappropriate any
University equipment, facility or
4. Appeals of the Decision of the Discipline service.
Committee
4. Other Policies
Within 30 days of receipt of the notice
described immediately above, the student A student shall not act contrary or
may appeal in writing to the Board of encourage other students to act contrary
Governors a decision of the Discipline to expectations set out in other
Committee. The Board of Governors University policies (available upon request
decision regarding the case shall be final. from the Office of the President),
including but not limited to:
b. Non-Academic Offenses
a. Personal Security Policy
1. Disruption
b. University of Lethbridge Library -
a. Students should maintain the
Access/Circulation Policy
freedoms of others including thought,
beliefs, opinion, expression, peaceful c. University of Lethbridge Library -
assembly and association. Behaviour Interlibrary Loan Policy
contravening or limiting these d. University of Lethbridge Residence
freedoms constitutes disruption. Policies and Procedures
b. Student conduct which unduly e. University of Lethbridge Confi-
interferes with instruction including dentiality Policy
scheduled lectures, seminars, tutorials f. University of Lethbridge Smoking
or other instructional activities, or Policy
with course examinations or other
evaluation procedures will also be g. University of Lethbridge Computer
considered a disruption. Use Policy
2. Physical Abuse, Harassment and h. Food Services Policy
Dangerous Activity 5. Procedures
a. A student shall not threaten physical a. Any member of the University
abuse or engage in physical abuse of community who believes a student has
72
committed a non-academic offense 7. Students may appeal either the charge of
may, by a signed statement, initiate an offense or the penalty imposed by a
proceedings against that student. unit head to the Associate Vice-President
b. The complaint shall be a detailed (Student Services) and Registrar, within 30
written description of the incident and days of receipt of a written indication of
shall include the time, place and the penalty. The Associate Vice-President
persons involved, as well as all relevant (Student Services) and Registrar may
information concerning the incident. dismiss the case, confirm the decision of
The complaint shall be submitted to the unit head or take additional action if
the appropriate unit head as indicated appropriate. The student shall, in such
immediately below. case, be informed in writing and a copy of
c. Submission the notification shall be placed in the
student’s file in the Registrar’s Office and
1. Actions that interfere with the
Student Services (ROSS).
teaching and research functions of
the University are to be referred to a. Exclusion from a course or courses
the Dean of the Faculty/School in If a unit head recommends exclusion
which the course involved is from a course or courses, the student
offered. may submit a written appeal to the
2. Complaints regarding violations of Associate Vice-President (Student
the Personal Security Policy should Services) and Registrar or his/her
be directed to the person(s) designate who will review the case and
designated in that policy to receive issue a decision within five days of
complaints. In the case of Library, receipt of the appeal.
Information Technology, Food
b. Suspension
Services, Student Residences and
Student Information Systems, com- Suspension requires a student to
plaints concerning offenses are to withdraw completely from the

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
be directed to the University University for a specified period of
Librarian, the Director of time, to a maximum of three years.
Information Technology, the Upon expiry of the period of
Manager of Food Services, the suspension, the student will be
Manager of Residence Services and permitted to reapply to the program
the Registrar, respectively. from which he or she was suspended,
3. All other offenses are to be subject to the appropriate admission
referred to the Superintendent of standards applicable at the time of
Security, who, for the purposes of reapplication.
this policy, will be considered a unit c. Expulsion
head.
Expulsion requires a student to
6. Actions withdraw completely from the
a. The appropriate unit head must make University for an indefinite period of
every effort to review the alleged time. The student shall not be
offense with the student and advise permitted to return without the
the student to refer to the Discipline written approval of the Vice-President
Policy on Non-Academic Offenses. (Academic) in consultation with the
b. When a student disrupts instructional Associate Vice-President (Student
activities, the instructor may exclude Services) and Registrar. Such approval
the student immediately or from shall not normally be given before the
future scheduled instructional expiry of three years.
meetings of that course. The d. Reparation
instructor must immediately notify the
Dean of the Faculty/School in which Once assessed by the University,
the course is offered and the Associate reparation for repairs and/or
Vice-President (Student Services) and replacement for physical damage shall
Registrar. be paid to the University.
The unit head may also recommend to 8. Procedures Governing Suspension/
the Associate Vice-President (Student Expulsion
Services) and Registrar the following: a. If the unit head considers that the case
1. Letter of reprimand to be placed in requires suspension/expulsion, he/she
student’s file shall make such recommendation in
2. Exclusion from a course or courses writing to the Associate Vice-President
3. Reparation (Student Services) and Registrar,
4. Suspension outlining the particulars of the case,
5. Expulsion with a copy to the student.
73
b. If the Associate Vice-President The University will not tolerate threats to the personal
(Student Services) and Registrar security of any member of the University community.
considers that suspen-sion/expulsion ‘Personal security’ means freedom from violence, the
is in order, the Associate Vice- threat of violence, harassment, hazing, abuse of
President (Student Services) and supervisor’s authority, verbal abuse, and discrimination in
Registrar shall notify the Discipline contravention of the Alberta Human Rights, Citizenship and
Committee in writing, with a copy to Multiculturalism Act.
the student.The Discipline Committee
shall hear the case and will have the Copies of the Personal Security Policy may be obtained
authority to expel, suspend, implement from the Human Resources Office and the Registrar’s
a lesser penalty or dismiss the case. Office and Student Services (ROSS). The Personal
Security Policy is also available online at
c. During the period from the time of
http://www.uleth.ca/reg/ro_quick_links.html
any recommendation of suspension or
expulsion until the point of a final d. Inclusive Language Policy
decision, a student shall be allowed to Inclusive language may be defined as language which does
continue his/her program of study not discriminate among characteristics of gender, age,
until a decision is finally rendered. race or ethnicity, religion or minority.
There will be no loss of credit for
courses taken during this period of All members of the University are encouraged to:
time. 1. Encourage the use of Inclusive Language in all
d. In the event that a decision affects student written and oral assignments and in class
graduation, the decision shall be lectures and discussion more generally.
rendered as soon as possible.
Nonetheless, where delay in reaching 2. Employ Inclusive Language in all formal publications
the decision results in postponement of the University and faculty.
of graduation, the University will not 3. Encourage the use of Inclusive Language in all
be held responsible unless the decision internal University documents.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

has been unreasonably withheld.


9. Referral to Civil Authorities 4. Encourage the use of Inclusive Language in
correspondence that is carried out on behalf of the
a. The University reserves the right to University and that may be construed to reflect
notify or summon the appropriate civil University policy.
authority in any individual matter
regarding non-academic offenses. The e. Confidentiality of Student Records Policy
University President or designate is The University’s Policy on Collection, Dissemination and
the sole official who may summon the Confidentiality of Information about University of
civil authority in the name of the Lethbridge students recognizes that, while students must
University. be aware that the record of their academic performance
3. Appeal of Application of Policy Other than will be viewed and evaluated by others, they have a
Grade or Student Discipline legitimate interest in controlling information about
themselves. This policy therefore details the kind of
Students dissatisfied with the application of an
information concerning a student the University may
academic policy or regulation to their own status
are entitled to a review by the Dean of the Faculty collect, what information concerning a student is
in which they are registered. confidential and how the University might gather and
disclose this information. It also defines what constitutes
If still dissatisfied after this review, the student may the official Student Academic Record. Copies of this
address a written appeal to the Dean who renders policy are available at the Registrar’s Office and Student
the final decision on behalf of the Faculty.A student Services (ROSS).
may appeal a decision on behalf of the Faculty to the
General Faculties Council. f. Examination Policy and Procedures
b. Taping of Lectures Examinations are an important part of a university
education. They provide an opportunity for instructors
Lectures and performances given by academic staff to determine what students have learned and for
members and visiting speakers may be audio or video students to assess their understanding of course
recorded by students provided prior approval has been
material. Examinations encourage a comprehensive
granted by the instructor or performer. Permission to
review of the material covered in a course. Finally, they
record is solely for the purpose of personal study by the
are a key component in the grades assigned to students
student and does not convey any right to duplicate the
as a measure of their academic success and preparation
recording.
for more advanced study.
c. Personal Security Policy This Examination Policy provides procedures for the
The University of Lethbridge is committed to providing conduct of examinations and for the transmission of
an environment that supports academic achievement and grades. However, no policy can cover all eventualities. It
that protects the dignity, self-esteem and right to fair is understood that this Policy must be interpreted
treatment of all members of the University community. humanely and sensitively.
74
For exceptions to this Policy, contact the Dean of the and a final outline must be provided by
appropriate Faculty or School. the second week of classes.
1. Definitions b. Missed Examinations
a. ‘Examinations’ shall mean all written and 1. Students who fail to write Final
oral tests or quizzes (regular or make-up, Examinations for reasons of illness or
scheduled or unscheduled) used to determine other extenuating circumstances beyond
final grades for students in regularly scheduled their control may request the Dean to
class sessions held during a semester course or permit a make-up examination. If the
Summer Session. Dean’s permission is granted, it is the
responsibility of the instructor to provide
b. ‘Take-Home Examinations/Projects’ shall and administer the make-up examination.
mean any non-invigilated written examinations
or projects completed outside of regularly 2. For missed examinations, a grade of ‘F’
must be given for the examination if,
scheduled classes or examining times which
without valid reasons, students fail to
are used to determine final grades for students
write Examinations or Final Examinations.
during a semester course or Summer Session.
c. ‘Final Examinations’ shall mean end-of- 3. Examinations During the Last Two Weeks of the Fall
semester or end-of-Summer Session examina- and Spring Semesters
tions, scheduled for a certain time and place by During the last two weeks of a semester the only
the Registrar, used to determine final grades Examinations worth more than 20 percent that may
for students in a course, and shall also mean be administered are Laboratory Examinations and
Take-Home Examinations used as Final assessments of performance (e.g., Physical Activity
Examinations. classes, performances in the Fine Arts and
d. ‘Other Graded Work’ shall include all practicums in Education and Health Sciences).
Independent Studies, term papers, essays, 4. Take-Home Examinations: Distribution, Deadlines
assignments, reports, projects or presen-
tations, written or oral, used to determine final a. Take-Home Examinations must be distributed
no later than the last scheduled class of the

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
grades for students during a semester course
semester or a Summer Session.
or Summer Session.
b. If used as a Final Examination, Take-Home
e. ‘Instructor’ shall mean any person, subject to
Examinations must be called due no earlier
the overall policies of a Faculty or School,
than the fourth day, but no later than the last
designated as having responsibility for the
day of the examination period of a semester or
evaluation of students registered in a course.
Summer Session.
2. Course Outline: Grading System, Weights and
5. Independent Study: Deadline
Dates, Missed Examinations
Independent Study course requirements must be
a. A course outline shall be distributed by every
called due no later than the last day of the
instructor to all students in the first class examinations period of a semester or Summer
meeting of the course, and shall be available on Session.
request to all students who join the class at a
later date. Changes made to the course outline 6. Final Grade Return Form
should not disadvantage any student and Instructors shall complete and sign each page of the
should not materially change the course. The required Final Grade Return Form for each
course outline shall include the following: class/section for which they are responsible.
1. Weights (proportions or percentages of
7. Grade Designation of ‘I’
the total) of all Examinations, Final
Examinations, Other Graded Work, and Except in the case of the Faculty of Education*, the
Take-Home Examinations used to grade designation of ‘I’ (Incomplete) is awarded only
determine final grades and how these in case of illness or other extenuating circumstances
weighted grades are calculated to beyond the control of the student which make it
determine final grades. impossible to complete the required course work
by the close of a semester or Summer Session.The
2. Due dates, approximate due dates or ‘I’ designation is awarded only on application to and
approximate frequency of Examinations, approval by both the instructor and the Dean of the
Other Graded Work, and Take-Home Faculty or School in which the course is offered.
Examinations used to determine final When the ‘I’ is approved, an appropriate deadline
grades; and what effect, if any, missed (to a maximum of one year) is determined for
deadlines will have on grades. completion of outstanding work. Students who do
Examinations and Other Graded Work not complete outstanding work by the assigned
must be called due no later than the last deadline will normally receive a weighted grade
day of classes. based on work completed, including an ‘F’ for
3. If the instructor wishes the student input incomplete work.Where circumstances continue to
into the course design, the outline handed prevent the completion of the course, the ‘I’
out during the first class must so indicate, designation remains on the transcript.
75
* An ‘I’ designation assigned in an Education Field Experience g. Unless otherwise stipulated by the instructor,
course may have a different interpretation. Details are available each finished examination shall bear the name,
from the Assistant Dean, Student Program Services, Faculty of signature and identification number of the
Education.
student.
8. Availability of Instructors h. Tape recorders, typewriters or computers may
Should instructors not be available during the not be used in scheduled examinations without
Grade Appeal Period following the end of a prior approval of the instructor.
semester/Summer Session, they shall ensure that all
12. Graded Work: Ownership, Confidentiality, Handling,
Examinations, Final Examinations, Other Graded
Posting Grades
Work, Take-Home Examinations and all grade
sheets, records, tests, written materials and data a. All Graded Work Outside Final Examinations
used to determine final grades are available to the Students have the right to obtain and keep,
Dean. once the grades have been determined, written
9. Final Examination Schedules materials resulting from Examinations, Other
Graded Work and Take-Home Examinations
Final examinations must be held at the place and not used as Final Examinations. Written
time set by the Registrar and shall not exceed three materials shall mean all examination booklets,
hours. papers and printed summaries of answer
10. Requests for Rescheduled Final Examinations sheets. The instructor may keep machine-
graded answer sheets and test questions, but
Only in extraordinary circumstances may students
upon arrangement with the instructor,
request to write an equivalent invigilated Final
students shall have the right to review these
Examination at other than the scheduled time and
place. Students must make a written request to the materials.
Dean. Upon the Dean’s approval, instructors will be b. Final Examinations
authorized to arrange rescheduled Final 1. During the Grade Appeal Period, which
Examinations (forms available in the Dean’s Office). extends to February 7 for all Fall courses,
to June 7 for all Spring courses and to
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

11. Examination Security and Invigilation


October 7 for all Summer Session
a. The instructor may restrict admission to the courses, instructors shall keep or return
examination site prior to the examination. If to students all Final Examination
necessary, arrangements may be made with materials. Once the grades have been
Security to restrict such admission. determined and upon arrangement with
b. Instructors may require all students to sign in the instructor, students shall have the
before the examination, to sign out after the right to review these materials.
examination and to register with the
2. After the Grade Appeal Period ends,
instructor the number of examination
students have the right to obtain and keep
booklets used. Instructors may also require all
written materials resulting from Final
students to place their University of
Examinations. The instructor may keep
Lethbridge identification card or other picture
identification on their desks for the duration of test questions, but upon arrangement
the examination. If the instructor is not certain with the instructor, students shall have the
of a student’s identity, the student must be right to review them.
allowed to write the examination.The student c. Receiving, Handling, Returning and
shall then be referred to the Dean for Destroying/Recycling Graded Work
resolution of the matter. 1. All reasonable measures shall be taken to
c. Except in the case of Take-Home Examinations ensure confidentiality of both the
or their equivalents, examinations must be fully student’s work and the instructor’s
invigilated by the instructor or by another assessment. Under no circumstances shall
academic staff member, preferably one any form of graded work be left in an
knowledgeable in the subject matter of the unsupervised public place. Students who
examination. want someone else to pick up any form of
d. Instructors may prescribe or restrict materials graded work for them must authorize
which may be taken to the examination site that person in writing. Students may
and used during the examination. provide a stamped, self-addressed
envelope to the instructor for the return
e. For security reasons, students may not leave
the examination site during the first thirty (30) of graded work.
minutes nor enter after the first thirty (30) 2. All Final Examinations, Other Graded
minutes. Work and Take-Home Examinations,
f. If students must leave the examination site for unclaimed by February 15 for all Fall
personal reasons, the instructor shall take courses or by October 15 for all Spring
reasonable measures to ensure that no and Summer Session courses, may be
materials leave the site and that no restricted destroyed/recycled.
materials are brought back to the site. d. Posting Grades
76
In accordance with the University’s policy on g. External Users of University Facilities
Confidentiality of Student Records (November The University of Lethbridge invites and welcomes
21, 1985), instructors may not post grades members of the general public to the grounds and
unless all precautions are taken to protect facilities of the University. The access of external users
student confidentiality. Neither names, nor (any individuals who are not faculty, staff, students or
University of Lethbridge student identification persons functioning in a volunteer capacity on behalf of
numbers, nor lists of identifiers which retain the University of Lethbridge) shall not normally be
the original alphabetical order of names on a impinged, unless they initiate unacceptable behaviour
class list may be used for posting grades. that includes, but is not necessarily limited to acts that:
13. Cheating 1. Disturb the peace and tranquility of authorized
a. If cheating is suspected, instructors may users;
require that the students immediately hand in 2. Endanger the health and safety of others;
the examination questions and examination
papers or booklet(s) and any other relevant 3. Cause damage to private or public property;
materials, but should also allow the students to 4. Impair the delivery of services in University
continue writing with a fresh copy of the buildings or lands; and/or
examination questions and new booklet(s) or
paper. 5. Have the potential to expose the University to
liability or prosecution.
b. In all cases of cheating, the instructor shall
follow the procedures outlined in the Student Any unacceptable behaviour shall be dealt with under the
Discipline Policy in the University Calendar. provisions and procedures outlined in the Policy on
Managing Unacceptable Behaviour by External Users of
14. Emergencies: Examinations, Final Examinations University Facilities. This policy is available in the Office
a. In the event that it proves necessary to of the President.
evacuate an examination room because of an 5. GENERAL LIBERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
emergency situation, instructors shall tell
In keeping with the liberal arts focus of the University, all

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
students to leave all examination materials
students in an undergraduate degree program must complete
behind and supervise the evacuation of the
the General Liberal Education Requirement, which consists of:
room.
b. Following the evacuation of an Examination or a. Four courses (12.0 credit hours) from each of Lists I, II
Final Examination room it is the instructor’s and III.
prerogative to resume the examination, if this OR
can be done within a reasonable period of time Three courses (9.0 credit hours) from each of Lists I, II
after the evacuation. Extra time (i.e., the time and III for students who complete Liberal Education
lost) shall be provided to complete the 1001/1002 or Liberal Education 3001/3002.
examination. If an examination cannot be OR
resumed safely or fairly after an evacuation, and
if, in the judgement of the instructor, the Two courses (6.0 credit hours) from each of Lists I, II and
III for students who complete Liberal Education
interruption has occurred so early that the
1001/1002 and Liberal Education 3001/3002.
results cannot be prorated, all examination
materials shall be destroyed and the b. Students who complete only Liberal Education 1001 or
examination shall be rescheduled. 1002 will be deemed not to have fulfilled a requirement
c. In the event that inclement weather or other from any list of the General Liberal Education
conditions require that the University be Requirement.
closed, Final Examinations shall be rescheduled Students who complete only Liberal Education 3001 or
by the Registrar and posted on the Registrar’s 3002 will be deemed not to have fulfilled a requirement
Bulletin Boards.Whenever possible, postponed from any list of the General Liberal Education
Final Examinations shall be rescheduled on the Requirement.
day immediately following the completion of c. Only four courses (12.0 credit hours) in total may be
the regular Final Examination schedule. counted from all courses offered by a single department.
15. Students with Special Needs d. Students pursuing a post-diploma program offered by the
It is the responsibility of students with special University of Lethbridge are required to meet either the
needs, which will affect any examining procedures, full 12-course or a modified General Liberal Education
to discuss these needs with their instructors. Requirement. For further information, see the program
Instructors shall attempt to accommodate description in the appropriate Part in this Calendar.
reasonable requests in order to evaluate all Full 12-Course General Liberal Education Requirement
students fairly. Should instructors or students have
any disagreements about the accommodation of any Students registered in the post-diploma B.A. and
request, the Dean shall decide the matter. B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies, the post-diploma B.Sc.
in Computer Science, the post-diploma B.F.A. (Art
or Dramatic Arts) or B.Mus. (After a Two-Year
77
Diploma) program are required to meet the full 12- LIST I: FINE ARTS AND HUMANITIES COURSES
course (36.0 credit hours) General Liberal Agricultural Studies
Education Requirement. Agricultural Studies 1000 - The Evolution of Agriculture
Modified General Liberal Education Requirement Art
Students registered in the post-diploma B.Sc. in Art - all courses
Environmental Science program are required to Dramatic Arts
meet a modified General Liberal Education Drama - all courses
Requirement consisting of five courses (15.0 credit English
hours) from Lists I and II, including at least three English - all courses
courses (9.0 credit hours) from List I and at least
one course (3.0 credit hours) from List II. Fine Arts
Art - all courses
Students registered in the post-diploma B.Sc. in Drama - all courses
Geography with a Concentration in Geographical Fine Arts - all courses
Information Science are required to meet a Music - all courses, excluding Music Ensemble Activity
modified General Liberal Education Requirement courses
consisting of five courses (15.0 credit hours) from New Media - all courses
Lists I and II, including at least three courses (9.0
credit hours) from List I, at least one course (3.0 History
credit hours) from List II, and one additional course History - all courses
(3.0 credit hours) from List I or II. Kinesiology and Physical Education
Students registered in the post-diploma B.F.A. (Art Kinesiology 2130 - Humanities Dimensions of Physical
or Dramatic Arts) or B.Mus. (After a Three-Year Activity Involvement
Diploma) or post-diploma B.F.A. (Multidisciplinary) Kinesiology 3400 - History of Sport and Physical Activity
(After a Two- or Three-Year Diploma) program are Kinesiology 3740 - Philosophy of Physical Activity
required to complete a modified General Liberal Modern Languages
Education Requirement of two courses (6.0 credit French - all courses
hours) from each of List II and List III and three German - all courses
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

additional courses (9.0 credit hours) from either of Japanese - all courses
these two lists. Linguistics - all courses
Students registered in the post-diploma B.N. Modern Languages - all courses
program are required to meet a modified General Spanish - all courses
Liberal Education Requirement consisting of two Any non-English second language course offered by
courses (6.0 credit hours) from each of Lists I, II and another unit in the Faculty of Arts and Science
III. (including Blackfoot, Cree, Greek, Hebrew and Latin)
Students registered in the post-diploma B.H.Sc. Music
program are required to meet a modified General Music - all courses, excluding Music Ensemble Activity
Liberal Education Requirement consisting of two courses
courses (6.0 credit hours) from each of Lists I, II and Native American Studies
III. Native American Studies - all courses, including those
Students registered in the post-diploma B.Mgt. are cross-listed with Management as follows:
required to complete a modified General Liberal Native American Studies 3250/Management 3500 -
Education Requirement consisting of four courses Financial Management in Aboriginal
(12.0 credit hours) from List I and two courses (6.0 Communities
credit hours) from each of Lists II and III, and two Native American Studies 3280/Management 3580 -
additional courses (6.0 credit hours) from any list. Aboriginal Peoples and Natural Resources
Native American Studies 4206/Management 4506 -
Students registered in the post-diploma B.F.A. (Art Aboriginal Small Business and Entrepreneurship
or Dramatic Arts)/B.Ed. or the post-diploma in Canada
B.Mus./B.Ed. (After a Two- or Three-Year Diploma)
program are required to complete a Modified New Media
General Liberal Education Requirement of two New Media - all courses
courses (6.0 credit hours) from each of List II and Philosophy
List III, and three additional courses (9.0 credit Philosophy - all courses, excluding those designated as
hours) from either of these two lists. Science courses
Students registered in the post-diploma Political Science
B.Mgt./B.Ed. program are required to complete a Political Science 2511 - Introduction to Political Theory
modified General Liberal Education Requirement Political Science 3510 - History of Political Thought I:
consisting of three courses (9.0 credit hours) from Classical, Medieval and Renaissance Political Thought
List I and two courses (6.0 credit hours) from each Political Science 3512 - History of Political Thought II:
of List II and III. Modern Political Thought
Political Science 3514 - History of Political Thought III:
Contemporary Political Thought

78
Religious Studies LIST III: SCIENCE COURSES
Religious Studies - all courses Agricultural Studies
Writing * Agricultural Studies 3300 - Modelling of Agricultural
Writing 1000 - Introduction to Academic Writing Systems
* Agricultural Studies 4300 - Advanced Modelling of
LIST II: SOCIAL SCIENCE COURSES Agricultural Systems
Anthropology Archaeology
Anthropology - all courses * Archaeology 1000 - Introduction to Archaeology
Archaeology 3000 - Series in Archaeological Science
Archaeology Archaeology 3300 - Archaeological Field Work (Series)
Archaeology - all courses, excluding those listed as Archaeology 3600 - Archaeology and Human Evolution
Science courses Archaeology 3610 (3100) - Old World Prehistory
Economics Archaeology 3700 - Geoarchaeology and Landscape
Economics - all courses, excluding those designated as Analysis
Science courses, and including those cross-listed with Archaeology 3720 - Archaeological Materials Analysis
Archaeology 4000 - Advanced Series in Archaeological
Management as follows:
Science
Economics 3080/Management 3780 - Principles of
* Archaeology 4500 - Advanced Series in New and Old
Industrial Organization World Archaeology
Economics 4080/Management 4780 - Industrial
Biological Sciences
Organization: Theory and Policy
Biology - all courses, including those cross-listed with
Geography Health Sciences as follows:
Geography - all courses, excluding Geology and all other Biology 3003/Health Sciences 3003 - Epidemiology:
Geography courses listed as Science courses, and The Ecology of Health and Disease
including those cross-listed with Management as Biology 4806/Health Sciences 4806 - Immunology
follows: Chemistry and Biochemistry
Geography 3225/Management 3660 - Industrial Biochemistry - all courses

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Location and Globalization of Enterprise Chemistry - all courses
Geography 3551/Management 3551 - An Intro- Economics (including courses cross-listed with Management)
duction to Tourism Economics 2070/Management 2070 - Operations and
Quantitative Management
Kinesiology and Physical Education
Economics 2750 - Quantitative Methods in Economics
Kinesiology - all courses, excluding Physical Activity Economics 2900 - Economics and Business Statistics
courses and all other Kinesiology courses listed as Economics 3900/Management 3721 - Economic and
Humanities courses or Science courses Business Forecasting
Political Science Economics 3950 - Econometrics
Political Science - all courses, excluding those listed as Economics 4150 - Mathematical Economics
Humanities courses, and including those cross-listed Environmental Science
with Management as follows: Environmental Science - all courses, excluding those
Political Science 3170/Management 3670 - The designated as Social Science
Politics of Canadian Trade Policy Geography
Political Science 3275/Management 3804 - Business * Geography 1010 (Geography 1000 prior to 2004/2005) -
and Government in Canada Introduction to Geography
Political Science 3421/Management 3051 - Managing Geography 2015 - Weather and Climate
Geography 2030 - Geomorphology
People and Organizations
Geography 2700 - Geographical Data and Analysis
Psychology and Neuroscience Geography 3015 - Atmospheric Analysis
Psychology - all courses, excluding those listed as Science Geography 3035 - Fluvial Geomorphology
courses, and including those cross-listed with Health Geography 3060 - Glaciology and Glacial
Sciences as follows: Geomorphology
Psychology 3570/Health Sciences 3570 - Contem- Geography 3070 - Hazards, Disasters and Global Change
porary Issues in Mental Health Geography 3080 (4050) - Soils
Geography 3090 - Biogeography
Sociology Geography 3235 - Quantitative Models for Geographic
Sociology - all courses, including those cross-listed with Analysis
Health Sciences as follows: Geography 3700 - Cartography
Sociology 2700/Health Sciences 2700 - Health and Geography 3710 - Field Techniques in the Earth Sciences
Society Geography 3720 - Introduction to Remote Sensing
Geography 3730 - Spatial Statistics
Women’s Studies
Geography 3740 - Geographic Information Systems
Women’s Studies - all courses Geography 3750 - GIS Applications in Human Geography
Geography 3780 - Field School
Geography 3792 - Field Excursion in Physical Geography
(Series)
79
Geography 4012 - Hydrology Psychology and Neuroscience
Geography 4015 - Integrated Watershed Management * Psychology 1000 - Basic Concepts of Psychology
Geography 4200 - Project in Agricultural Geography Psychology 2030 - Methods and Statistics
Geography 4700 - Advanced Computer Mapping Psychology 2320 - Cognition and Perception: Thinking
Geography 4710 - Remote Sensing Field School and Seeing
Geography 4725 - Advanced Remote Sensing Psychology 2600 - Brain and Behaviour
Geography 4740 - Applied Geographic Information Psychology 2700 - Introduction to Animal Behaviour
Systems Psychology 3320 - Advanced Cognition
Geography 4750 - Glacial Processes, Measurements, and
Psychology 3325 - Cognition and Perception (Series)
Models
Geography 4751 - Seminar in Spatial Modelling Psychology 3360 - Sensation and Perception
Geography 4752 - Seminar in Geographical Information * Psychology 3400 - Advanced Research Design and Data
Systems Analysis
Geography 4753 - Seminar in Remote Sensing Psychology 3450 - Applied Statistics in Psychology
Geography 4760 - Agricultural Soil Management Psychology 3525 - Hormones and Behaviour
Geography 4770 - Irrigation Science Psychology 3535 - Drugs and Behaviour
Geology - all courses Psychology 3600 - Fundamental Neurobiology
Psychology 3605 - Research Methods in Neuroscience
Kinesiology and Physical Education
Psychology 3610 - Human Neuropsychology
Kinesiology 2110 - Biological and Physical Science
Psychology 3615 - Functional Neuroanatomy
Dimensions of Physical Activity Involvement
Kinesiology 2200 - Research Methodologies in Physical Psychology 3625 - Cellular and Molecular Neurobiology
Activity Involvement Psychology 3635 - Vision and Neural Plasticity
Kinesiology 2350 - Recognition and Care of Athletic Psychology 3640 - Brain Plasticity and Memory
Injuries Psychology 3680 - Neuroscience (Series)
Kinesiology 2600 - Functional Human Anatomy Psychology 3700 - Research Methods in Animal
Kinesiology 2610 - Human Physiology Behaviour
Kinesiology 3610 (3600) - Exercise Physiology Psychology 3705 - Evolution of Brain and Behaviour
Kinesiology 3630 - Growth, Development and Aging * Psychology 3720 - Learning
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Kinesiology 3650 - Biomechanics Psychology 3740 - Primate Minds


Kinesiology 3670 - Motor Skill Learning Psychology 3750 - Concepts in Comparative Psychology
Kinesiology 3690 - Motor Control * Psychology 4350 - Evolution of Language
Kinesiology 4650 - Principles of Athletic Training * Psychology 4550 - Abnormal Psychology (Series)
Kinesiology 4660 - Biomechanical Instrumentation and Psychology 4630 - Neuroscience (Series)
Analysis Psychology 4700 - Advanced Research in Animal
Kinesiology 4665 - Biomechanical Modelling
Behaviour
Mathematics and Computer Science
Courses offered by Arts and Science as individual titles in
Computer Science - all courses
Mathematics - all courses Series, Topics, Applied Studies Disciplinary Credit,
Statistics - all courses Independent Studies, Undergraduate Thesis, and
Interdisciplinary Studies courses will be designated as
Philosophy
Humanities, Social Science or Science courses by the Faculty
Logic - all courses
Philosophy 2233 - Philosophy and the World View of of Arts and Science at registration, in conformity with the
Science: Earth and Life Sciences division of courses established above. Arts and Science
Philosophy 2234 - Philosophy and the World View of Council has the ultimate authority to determine designation.
Science: Space,Time and Matter Students may designate Science courses marked with an
Physics asterisk (*) as List II: Social Science Courses for the purposes
Astronomy - all courses of both the General Liberal Education Requirement and the
Engineering - all courses Divisional Course Designation. Such a designation is made at
Physics - all courses the Registrar’s Office and Student Services (ROSS).

80
Part 5

GRADUATION
1. APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION . . . . . . . . . . .81 6. NAMES ON PARCHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
a. Application Deadlines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
b. Outstanding Document Deadlines . . . . . . . . . .81 7. POSTHUMOUS DEGREES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
c. Withdrawal of Application Deadlines . . . . . . .81 8. TRANSCRIPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
2. OUTSTANDING ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 a. Degree Requirements Completed . . . . . . . . . .82
b. Degree(s) Awarded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
3. CONVOCATION INVITATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
9. PARCHMENT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
4. CONFERRAL OF DEGREES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 a. Name Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
a. Order of Conferral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 b. Lost Parchment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
b. Distinction or Great Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . .82 c. Damaged Parchment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
c. Medals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
10. CONVOCATION ATTENDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
5. CONFERRAL OF DEGREES IN ABSENTIA . . . . .82 a. Academic Dress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Convocation ceremonies are held twice annually. The Spring c. Withdrawal of Application Deadlines
ceremonies are scheduled for the Wednesday,Thursday, and Friday Semester of
following the week of the Victoria Day long weekend. The Fall Completion Deadline Ceremony
ceremonies are scheduled for the Saturday following Thanksgiving Fall Last working day of Spring - June
in October. See the Academic Schedule (p. 12) for complete December
information. Students who fulfill degree requirements during the Spring April 30* Spring - June
Fall or Spring Semesters may attend the Spring ceremony. Students Summer Last Monday of August Fall - October
who complete during the Summer Session may attend the Fall * When the deadline date occurs on a weekend or on a Statutory or Civic
ceremony. Holiday, the deadline will be the next working day.
1. APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION 2. OUTSTANDING ACCOUNTS
Each candidate for a degree, diploma or certificate must Students owing the University fees, fines or other charges will
formally apply for graduation by completing an Application for not be permitted to graduate, will not be permitted to
Graduation form, available at and submitted to the Registrar’s participate in ceremonies, will not be listed in the
Office and Student Services (ROSS). Convocation Program and will have transcripts withheld.This
It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that his/her includes outstanding tuition fees, housing charges (including

GRADUATION
name appears on the graduation list. Telecom charges) and library fines.
Students may only attend the Convocation indicated on their Deadlines to clear all outstanding accounts in order to be
Application for Graduation form. permitted to graduate are:
Students who do not graduate, for any reason (e.g., academic a. Students completing program requirements in the Spring
or financial), must submit another application by the Semester:
appropriate deadline. April 1 (for Spring Convocation).
a. Application Deadlines b. Students completing program requirements in Summer
Semester of Session:
Completion Deadline* Ceremony
August 15 (for Fall Convocation).
Fall November 1 Spring - June
Note: Students wishing to have ‘degree completed’ noted on their
Spring March 1 Spring - June
transcript in September (for reasons of employment, etc.),
Summer August 1 Fall - October
must have all outstanding accounts cleared before
their transcript will be released. For example, a student
b. Outstanding Document Deadlines completing Education requirements in Summer Session who
Semester of may be eligible for teacher certification in September, must
Completion Deadline Ceremony have all accounts paid before the Registrar’s Office and
Fall Last working day of Spring - June Student Services (ROSS) can release the transcript.
December Students who clear outstanding accounts after the April 1 and
Spring April 30* Spring - June August 15 deadlines will be required to re-apply for the
Summer Last Monday of August Fall - October intended Convocation.

81
c. Students completing program requirements in the Fall The Gold Medal of The Governor General of Canada is
Semester: awarded to the graduate with the highest academic
December 1 (for Spring Convocation). standing in a graduate program.
Note: Students wishing to have ‘degree completed’ noted on their The School of Graduate Studies Medals of Merit are
transcript in January (for reasons of employment, etc.), must awarded to a graduating student from each Master's
have all outstanding accounts cleared before their degree program for excellence in graduate studies.
transcript will be released. For example, a student
The William Aberhart Gold Medal in Education is
completing Education requirements in the Fall Semester who
may be eligible for teacher certification in January, must have
awarded to the graduating student who has shown the
all accounts paid before the Registrar’s Office and Student highest general proficiency in the final two years of the
Services (ROSS) can release the transcript. Bachelor of Education program.
Applications for students not eligible for ‘degree completed’ Applications for these medals are not required. For
approval at the end of the Fall Semester (for academic or complete information, please refer to Part 16 - Awards
financial reasons) will remain active for Spring Convocation. and Scholarships, Section 1.e.1, p. 407.
These students are not required to submit another application.
The April 1 deadline for outstanding accounts will apply. 5. CONFERRAL OF DEGREES IN ABSENTIA
Graduands who do not attend their ceremony will have their
3. CONVOCATION INVITATION
degree(s) conferred upon them ‘in absentia.’
In mid-March (for Spring Convocation) and late August (for
Degree parchments are available for pick up at the Registrar’s
Fall Convocation), an information package is mailed to each
Office and Student Services (ROSS) during the week following
graduand by the Registrar’s Office and Student Services
the Convocation ceremonies. Parchments not picked up will
(ROSS). Included in the package is a Reply Card that must be be mailed.
completed and returned by the date specified if the graduand
wishes to attend the ceremony. 6. NAMES ON PARCHMENTS
4. CONFERRAL OF DEGREES The full legal name of the graduand will appear on the
parchment. Changes in name must be supported by copies of
Degrees are conferred upon a graduand only during legal documentation (e.g., marriage certificate, divorce decree,
Convocation ceremonies, whether the student is in vital statistics certificate, etc.). The use of initials in place of
attendance or not. If a graduand is absent from ceremonies, legal given names is not permitted.
his/her degree, diploma or certificate can only be released
following the conferral process. 7. POSTHUMOUS DEGREES
With the approval of a Faculty/School Council, a degree,
a. Order of Conferral
diploma or certificate may be awarded posthumously to a
Information regarding the assignment of degree deceased student who had completed his/her program or was
categories to specific ceremonies will be available one completing the last semester of his/her program. Posthumous
week following the deadline for Application for awards will be noted on the transcript.
Graduation.The Spring ceremonies are scheduled for the
Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday following the week of 8. TRANSCRIPTS
the Victoria Day long weekend. The Fall ceremonies are a. Degree Requirements Completed
scheduled for the Saturday following Thanksgiving in
After official verification from the Faculty/School that the
October. See the Academic Schedule (p. 12) for
GRADUATION

student has successfully completed all program


complete information. requirements, the Registrar’s Office and Student Services
b. Distinction or Great Distinction (ROSS) includes an official notation on any transcript
issued prior to Convocation that program requirements
Undergraduate degrees with Distinction or Great
have been completed.
Distinction are conferred upon students who have
displayed outstanding academic performance during their b. Degree(s) Awarded
undergraduate degree programs. In the Faculty of After official verification from the Faculty/School, and
Education, outstanding practicum performance is also after completion of the conferral process, the Registrar’s
required. Office and Student Services (ROSS) includes an official
Standards for Distinction or Great Distinction are notation on all transcripts of graduating students that the
dependent upon program. Please refer to Institutional degree(s) has been awarded. This notation includes the
Honours in the relevant Faculty/School Part of the major(s) designation, and any Academic Distinction,
Calendar for information on how these citations are Honours Thesis or Co-operative Education designations.
awarded (see Parts 7, 8, 9, 10 or 11). 9. PARCHMENT REPLACEMENT
c. Medals If a replacement degree parchment is required, the following
Each Faculty and School awards a University of procedures must be followed:
Lethbridge Gold Medal to its most distinguished a. Name Change
graduand each year.Two gold medals are awarded by the
Faculty of Arts and Science. 1. The original parchment must be returned.
The Silver Medal of The Governor General of Canada is 2. A written request, including the graduand’s
awarded to the graduate with the highest academic signature, must be submitted, accompanied by
standing in an undergraduate program. copies of two pieces of documentation proving
82
name change (e.g., marriage certificate, divorce Master’s Degree
decree, vital statistics certificate, etc.). Master’s graduands wear a black gown and a black
3. A $25 (plus GST) re-issue fee is charged. mortarboard.
All Master’s degree hoods are a shell of black, lined with
b. Lost Parchment
blue. An exterior border of light blue satin indicates the
1. A written request, including the graduand’s hood is for a Master’s-level degree and the distinguishing
signature, verifying the circumstances of loss must braid follows the colours of the undergraduate hoods.
be submitted.
Doctor of Philosophy
2. A $25 (plus GST) re-issue fee is charged. Doctor of Philosophy graduands wear a royal blue gown
Note: The parchment will be stamped in a lower corner indicating with walden blue velvet facings and chevrons, outlined in
that it is a duplicate, with the date of re-issue. bright gold piping, and a walden blue beefeater with a
bright gold tassel.
c. Damaged Parchment
The Doctor of Philosophy hoods are a shell of royal blue,
1. The original parchment must be returned. lined with sapphire blue satin and a bright gold chevron;
2. A written request, including the graduand’s the walden blue velvet trim is outlined in bright gold
signature, must be submitted. piping, reflecting the colours of the University of
Lethbridge.
3. A $25 (plus GST) re-issue fee is charged.
Guest seating at Convocation is open to the general public
10. CONVOCATION ATTENDANCE subject to availability of seats within prescribed safety limits of
Graduands include only those whose degrees, diplomas or the venue. However, the first priority for guest seating is
certificates have been approved by their Faculty/School assigned to invited guests of University of Lethbridge
Councils and who have no outstanding accounts with the Graduands. Graduands may be required to limit their number
University. Graduands must be dressed in the academic dress of guests. The limit would be monitored via ticketing, and
of the University of Lethbridge, approved for the credential details specified in the Graduand information package.
which is being conferred. A small area of Reserved Seating is available upon request.
The Graduands process as a discrete group, sit in an area Typically seated here are friends and family of the Chancellor’s
reserved for graduands and proceed to the platform to have Party, Academic Staff and guests with disabilities.
their credential conferred under the guidance of the Marshals For the purposes of Convocation, the Academic Staff party
of the Graduands. Unless a Graduand has a disability or can
is restricted to Professors Emeriti, the Associate Vice-
demonstrate another special need, no one except approved
President (Student Services) and Registrar, current and retired
Graduands will process with the Graduands, sit with the
Graduands or appear on the platform for Conferral. Faculty Members, and Librarians, excluding Deans and Vice-
Presidents.The Academic Staff process as a discrete group and
a. Academic Dress sit on the Platform. Academic Staff shall be robed in the
The academic dress of the University of Lethbridge is academic regalia to which they are entitled by virtue of their
unique to the institution. Different kinds of degrees are recognized academic degree or failing that, in the approved
represented by different kinds of academic dress as cap and gown of the University of Lethbridge.

GRADUATION
follows: Any individual listed as a faculty member in the Calendar of an
Bachelor’s Degree accredited post-secondary institution, the focus of which is on
Bachelor’s graduands wear a black gown and a black teaching, scholarship and research, shall be allowed to join and
mortarboard. to process with the Academic Staff party upon request to the
Associate Vice-President (Student Services) and Registrar.
The Bachelor’s degree hoods are a shell of black lined
with blue, trimmed with a twisted gold and blue cord. The Chancellor’s Party includes the Chair of the Board of
Specific degrees are distinguished by the colour of braid Governors, full Deans and Vice-Presidents, Members of
on the lining: Executive Committees of the Board of Governors and Senate,
Bachelor of Arts: White braid and all those Distinguished Guests invited to Convocation by
the Chancellor (including those individuals selected to receive
Bachelor of Science: Golden yellow braid
honours). The Chancellor’s Party processes as a discrete
Bachelor of Arts and Science: Twisted white and gold group and sits according to a seating plan in a reserved area
braid of the Platform.
Bachelor of Education: Light blue braid
Bachelor of Fine Arts: Brown braid
Bachelor of Health Sciences: Twisted red and gold
braid
Bachelor of Management: Dull brown braid
Bachelor of Music: Pink braid
Bachelor of Nursing: Red braid
Students receiving Combined Degrees wear the colours
of the two degrees on the braid.
83
Part 6

INTERNATIONAL AND EXCHANGE STUDENTS AND


THE INTERNATIONAL CENTRE FOR STUDENTS
1. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 b. Exchange Students from Other Universities .85
a. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
b. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 3. INTERNATIONAL CENTRE FOR
c. Mandatory Health Care Insurance for
International Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 STUDENTS (ICS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
2. EXCHANGE STUDENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 a. International Liaison Officer (ILO) . . . . . . . . .85
a. University of Lethbridge Students Studying
Elsewhere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85 b. Language Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

1. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS for their own benefit and well-being and for the
An international student is any student whose nation of protection of the community. The University reserves
citizenship is not Canada, and who is not a Permanent the right to rescind registration privileges from any
Resident of Canada.The University of Lethbridge encourages student not carrying basic health insurance.
the enrolment of international students. International
2. EXCHANGE STUDENTS
students comprise a vital and vibrant component of the
university community. Both international students and An exchange student is a student who is enrolled at one
Canadian students benefit from the presence of a strong university but attending another university under an approved
international student contingent.The International Centre for exchange program.
Students (ICS) was established to support the academic and
a. University of Lethbridge Students Studying
personal growth of international students and exchange
students. It is the goal of the ICS to enrich the educational Elsewhere
experience at the University of Lethbridge by promoting a University of Lethbridge students who wish to
strong global perspective. participate in an approved exchange program will first
contact the ICS. There are currently approved exchange
a. Admission
programs at institutions in Argentia, Australia, Belgium,
1. Admission Requirements and Procedures Chile, France, Germany, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, Poland,
For information on admission, see Part 1 - South Korea,The Netherlands, the United Kingdom, and
Admission, Section 5. International Students the United States.
(p. 34). b. Exchange Students from Other Universities
For country-specific admission requirements see The ICS is the point of first contact for exchange
the website at:
students coming to the University of Lethbridge from an
http://www.uleth.ca/reg-adn/intreq.html approved exchange program.
2. English Language Proficiency For procedures and information pertaining to Exchange
All students whose first language is not English, see Students, see Part 1 - Admission, Section 3.d. (p. 30).
Part 1 - Admission, Section 6. English 3. INTERNATIONAL CENTRE FOR STUDENTS (ICS)
Language and Writing Requirements (p. 35). INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
a. International Liaison Officer (ILO)
b. Fees
The International Liaison Officer provides general
For information on international student fees, see the fee
advising services to international students.
schedules in Part 3 - Fees, Section 7 (p. 50).
A reception service is available for airport pick-up and
c. Mandatory Health Care Insurance for orientation to Lethbridge and southern Alberta.The ILO
International Students offers international students an orientation to the
Effective May 1, 1996, the University of Lethbridge University community, helps locate housing and provides
requires all students to obtain and carry basic health other services.
insurance, in addition to the Students’ Union
The ILO is the University of Lethbridge’s contact with
supplementary health insurance plan. Students include
Immigration Canada, providing assistance with
all individuals registered in credit or non-credit courses
and programs at the University of Lethbridge. Such immigration matters.
insurance must be arranged prior to the commencement For further information, contact the ICS Office (SU047;
of classes for each term of studies. The University tel. 403-329-2053, fax 403-382-7140 or email:
requires that students carry appropriate insurance both international@uleth.ca).
85
b. Language Services Intermediate levels, and on a full-time and part-time
The ICS is responsible for non-credit programs in English basis at the Advanced level.
for Academic Purposes and university-level writing. Fees for the EAP program are outlined in the table
1. English as a Second Language for Academic below.
Purposes (EAP) 2. Alberta Universities’ Writing Competence
The EAP Program concentrates on English for Test / ‘Writing for University’
Academic Purposes for students who are seeking
The ICS also administers the Alberta Universities’
admission into degree programs. Students who
Writing Competence Test (AUWCT) and offers a
successfully complete the Advanced Level will not
be required to submit a TOEFL score for University non-credit course in writing, ‘Writing for
of Lethbridge admission. University’, in the Fall and Spring Semesters. This
course is intended to prepare students for writing
Offered year round, the University’s EAP programs
at the university level. It can also be used as an
are for students with minimum TOEFL scores of
380 (paper based) or 83 (computer based) or the alternative to the AUWCT by students who are
equivalent. Students must also have successfully attempting to gain admission to the Faculty of
completed Grade 12 or equivalent. Education.
EAP programs are available to Visa students, For further information, please contact the ICS
Permanent Residents and Canadian citizens on a Office (SU047; tel. 403-329-2053, fax 403-382-7140
full-time basis at the Intermediate and High or email: international@uleth.ca).

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES FEES (SEE SECTION 3.b.1., ABOVE)
(Canadian dollars)

Full-time tuition: Intermediate, High Intermediate and Advanced


$2,625.00

Fee per module: Advanced Level only


Writing $1,005.00
Reading $786.00
Grammar $417.00
Communication $417.00

Other Compulsory fees for all EAP students:


Application Fee $50.00
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

Health Care $201.00 approx. (four months of coverage)


Health Centre Health Insurance Fee $20.00
Recreation Services $60.00

Optional fee:
Reception Service $125.00

86
Part 7

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE


1. PHILOSOPHY AND PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 17. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION/INTERNSHIP
a. The Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 PROGRAMS IN THE SCIENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
b. General Intellectual Background . . . . . . . . . . .88
c. Depth of Knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 18. APPLIED STUDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

2. ADVISING AND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 19. INDEPENDENT STUDY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104


a. Dean of Arts and Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 20. DIVISIONAL COURSE DESIGNATION . . . . . . .104
b. Academic Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
c. Department Advisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 21. MAJORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
a. General Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
3. ACADEMIC STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
b. Agricultural Biotechnology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
a. In Good Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
c. Agricultural Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
b. Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
d. Anthropology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
c. Required Withdrawal - Academic Indices . . . .89
d. Required Withdrawal - Semesters on e. Archaeology and Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 f. Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
e. Readmission after Required Withdrawal . . . . .89 g. Biochemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
h. Biological Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
4. INSTITUTIONAL HONOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 i. Canadian Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
a. Dean’s Honour List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 j. Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
b. Standards for Distinction and Great k. Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 l. Computer Science and Geographical
5. BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Information Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
a. General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 m. Dramatic Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
b. Major Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 n. Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 o. English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
p. Environmental Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
6. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.Sc.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 q. Exercise Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
a. General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 r. Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
b. Major Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 s. History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 t. Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education) . . . . . . . .127
7. BACHELOR OF ARTS AND SCIENCE (BASc.) . .92 u. Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
a. General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92 v. Modern Languages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
b. Major Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 w. Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 x. Native American Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
y. Neuroscience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
8. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF ARTS z. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
(B.A.) IN AGRICULTURAL STUDIES . . . . . . . . . .93 aa. Physical Education (see 21.t. Kinesiology) . . . . . .135
9. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE bb. Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
(B.Sc.) IN AGRICULTURAL STUDIES . . . . . . . . . .95 cc. Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
dd. Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
10. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE ee. Religious Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
(B.Sc.) IN COMPUTER SCIENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 ff. Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
11. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE gg. Urban and Regional Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
(B.Sc.) IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE . . . . . . . .98 hh. Women’s Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
ii. Double Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
12. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE jj. Individual Multidisciplinary Majors . . . . . . . . .140
(B.Sc.) IN GEOGRAPHY,WITH A
CONCENTRATION IN GEOGRAPHICAL 22. PRE-PROFESSIONAL TRANSFER PROGRAMS .141
INFORMATION SCIENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99 a. Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
b. Engineering (Alberta) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
13. COMBINED DEGREES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
c. Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
14. B.A., B.Sc. OR BASC. AFTER AN APPROVED d. Law (Alberta) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
DEGREE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 e. Law (Calgary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
f. Medicine (Alberta) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
15. B.A. OR B.Sc. AFTER TRANSFER TO A
g. Medicine (Calgary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
PROFESSIONAL FACULTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
h. Nutrition and Food Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
ARTS AND SCIENCE

16. CO-OPERATIVE EDUCATION/INTERNSHIP i. Optometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144


PROGRAMS IN THE HUMANITIES AND j. Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
SOCIAL SCIENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100 k. Veterinary Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

87
1. PHILOSOPHY AND PROGRAMS At the University of Lethbridge, most first-year students,
The Faculty of Arts and Science offers instruction in the whatever their educational goals, enter the Faculty of
humanities and the natural, social and mathematical sciences. Arts and Science. Students entering the Faculty may
The Faculty of Arts and Science commits itself to the begin study for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science
or Bachelor of Arts and Science degrees; or prepare for
development of well-educated persons in three dimensions of
later admission to the Bachelor of Education or Bachelor
liberal education: the liberal arts, general intellectual
of Management programs. Students may also enrol in a
background and depth of knowledge, as broadly defined in the
pre-professional transfer program or they may
sections below: commence University studies without committing
a. The Liberal Arts themselves initially to a particular program.
Literacy, the ability to read and interpret texts from Whatever their intentions, all students registered in first
diverse media, discourses and genres, and to express degree undergraduate programs in the Faculty fulfill the
oneself in writing. 12-course General Liberal Education Requirement which
must be completed before graduation (except in many
Information literacy, the ability to discern when post-diploma programs offered by the University of
information is needed, and the ability to find, evaluate and Lethbridge). This feature of the curriculum, which does
use information effectively. not specify particular courses but provides a large field
Oral expression, the ability to listen and understand oral of choice, ensures basic familiarity with the different
messages, and to express oneself effectively in a wide forms of knowledge, subject areas and methods in the
range of interpersonal contexts. Arts and Sciences.
Numeracy, the ability to work effectively with quantitative Students may achieve diversity in their programs through
ideas and mathematical relations. Independent Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies and
Applied Studies detailed elsewhere in this Part of the
Critical thinking, the ability to evaluate reasoning Calendar. Students may develop individual
systematically and to argue well in support of deserving multidisciplinary majors, initiate courses in topics of
ideas. special interest or propose degree programs suited to
Integrative thinking, the ability to make connections among their own needs. In order to explore unfamiliar subjects
diverse and superficially unconnected things. without affecting their general academic standing,
Problem solving, the ability to recognize the problematic students may enrol in a limited number of courses on a
Credit/Non-Credit basis.
nature of the world and the ability to address those
problems in a rigorous and imaginative way. The term ‘course’ in this Calendar Part means a unit of
study offered by the Faculty of Arts and Science and
b. General Intellectual Background normally studied for one semester, equivalent to three
A sense of historical consciousness; an awareness of events credit hours; Music Ensemble and Physical Activity
in time and their significance to each other, and the courses count for one-half course credit, equivalent to
relation of oneself and one’s community within them. 1.5 credit hours; Undergraduate Thesis courses count for
6.0 credit hours. The usual course load for a full-time
A wide-ranging grasp of what the sciences tell us about the student is five courses (15.0 credit hours) per semester.
world in which we live; their methods, limitations, Students in good standing may take up to six courses
purposes and interactions with the global community (18.0 credit hours). A student on academic probation
and the world. may not register in more than four courses (12.0 credit
Reflection of one’s own values and an openness to change. hours) in a semester. Students may accelerate their
An understanding of, and a respect for, the causes and programs by carrying heavier study loads, by attending
Summer Sessions or by working at Independent or
consequences of cultural, group and interpersonal
Applied Studies during the intervals between academic
differences.
terms. Students may also complete degree requirements
A critical understanding and an appreciation of the creative with a diminished course load or entirely on a part-time
and aesthetic dimensions of life. basis.
The ability to comprehend and analyze the many facets of It should be stressed that heavy course loads are a
social life. common cause of poor academic performance.
An awareness of the body and the physical contexts in Eight degree programs are offered in the Faculty of Arts
which we apprehend reality, and the development of and Science: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor of Science
well-being. (B.Sc.), Bachelor of Arts and Science (BASc.), post-
diploma Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Agricultural Studies,
c. Depth of Knowledge post-diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Agricultural
A capacity to comprehend the complexity of ideas through Studies, post-diploma Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in
sequential, developmental learning in a single subject or Computer Science, post-diploma Bachelor of Science
discipline. (B.Sc.) in Environmental Science and post-diploma
Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Geography with a
The development of the competency to do rigorous
Concentration in Geographical Information Science.
independent work in a subject or discipline.
Details of these degree programs appear in the following
ARTS AND SCIENCE

A critical grasp of the assumptions, arguments, approaches pages. Please refer to Section 13 (p. 100) and Part 13
and controversies that have shaped particular claims and - Combined Degrees for information on Combined
findings within a subject or discipline, and an Degrees programs that include degrees offered by the
understanding of the connections among disciplines. Faculty of Arts and Science.
88
2. ADVISING AND INFORMATION Students in the post-diploma B.A. in Agricultural Studies,
Academic advising in Arts and Science takes account of the the post-diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies, the post-
variety of educational goals for which the Faculty wholly or diploma B.Sc. in Computer Science, the post-diploma
partly provides and affiliates with other student services in the B.Sc. in Environmental Science and the post-diploma
University. B.Sc. in Geography with a Concentration in Geographical
Information Science programs will be considered with
a. Dean of Arts and Science students who have completed 21 to 40 courses.
As well as being the administrative head of the Faculty of b. Probation
Arts and Science, the Dean of Arts and Science has direct
responsibility for all academic programs and all years of Students whose cumulative grade point average falls
study in Arts and Science. Appeals and issues of below the levels identified above are considered to be on
interpretation for students in Arts and Science should be academic probation. A student on academic probation
directed to the Office of the Dean of Arts and Science. may not register in more than four courses in a semester.

b. Academic Advisors c. Required Withdrawal - Academic Indices


Academic advising for the Faculty of Arts and Science is Students whose cumulative grade point average, at the
the responsibility of Academic Advisors, located in the end of the Spring Semester, falls below the following are
Arts and Science Student Program Services Office, required to withdraw from the University:
Students’ Union Building, Level 0. Number of Completed Courses GPA
Students may consult Academic Advisors for assistance (includes transfer courses) (UofL)
with a variety of academic concerns, including program 6-10 1.50
planning, declaration of majors, General Majors, 11-20 1.70
Multidisciplinary Majors, readmission, applications for
Incompletes or Withdrawals with Cause, authorized 21-30 1.85
study at another university and pre-professional transfer 31-40 2.00
programs. Students in the post-diploma B.A. in Agricultural Studies,
c. Department Advisors the post-diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies, the post-
diploma B.Sc. in Computer Science, the post-diploma
Each Arts and Science department and program B.Sc. in Environmental Science and the post-diploma
designates an advisor who knows in detail department B.Sc. in Geography with a Concentration in Geographical
courses, prerequisites and course schedules, as well as all Information Science programs will be considered with
aspects of the department’s major program. In some students who have completed 21 to 30 or 31 to 40
departments, the Chair serves as department advisor. courses.
Although the minimum requirements for each major
program are fully detailed in this Calendar, students d. Required Withdrawal - Semesters on Probation
should plan their major programs in consultation with Students who, at the end of the Spring Semester, have
the department advisor in order to ensure meeting their remained on academic probation for two or more
own individual aims. These aims may include graduate consecutive semesters, are required to withdraw from
school or professional school admission and vocational the University.
goals. Note: The legislation, as indicated in c. and d., applies both to
However, department advisors have no authority students registered in the Fall Semester who did not continue
in the Spring Semester and to students registered in the
regarding degree, program or major requirements as set
Spring Semester. All students’ records are reviewed once per
out in this Calendar. For information on such matters, year, at the end of the Spring Semester.
students should consult Academic Advisors.
e. Readmission after Required Withdrawal
3. ACADEMIC STANDARDS
Students dismissed for academic reasons will not be
For graduation, students must attain a minimum cumulative granted readmission until the lapse of one year. An
grade point average of 2.00 on a minimum of 20 courses taken application for readmission must include evidence that
at the University of Lethbridge for credit toward the degree. the causes of previous unsatisfactory work have been
a. In Good Standing identified and removed. Students required to withdraw
twice are not usually eligible for readmission.
To be in good standing, a student must maintain the
following minimum cumulative grade point average Tabula Rasa will be granted to all first-degree University
(GPA): of Lethbridge students registered in programs offered by
the Faculty of Arts and Science upon readmission after
Number of Completed Courses GPA
required withdrawal for unsatisfactory academic
(includes transfer courses) (UofL)
performance. Tabula Rasa will be granted only once, upon
1-10 1.70 readmission after the first required withdrawal. Credit is
11-20 1.85 retained for all previous courses completed with a grade
21-40 2.00 of ‘C-’ or above, or ‘P’, up to a limit of 20 courses,
although the grades for these courses are not calculated
ARTS AND SCIENCE

in the GPA. Students readmitted after required


withdrawal are readmitted on probation.

89
4. INSTITUTIONAL HONOURS 9. Not more than four university-accredited courses
that are not Arts and Science courses may be taken
a. Dean’s Honour List
for credit toward the degree. Courses cross-listed
Students with outstanding academic performance are between the Faculty of Arts and Science and
recognized on the Dean’s Honour List. The list is another Faculty or School do not count toward the
compiled twice yearly at the end of the Fall and Spring limit outside Arts and Science. Courses in Art,
Semesters. Drama, Fine Arts, Music and New Media (formerly
Students completing four or more graded courses in one Multimedia) offered by the Faculty of Fine Arts do
semester must achieve a grade point average of 3.75 or not count toward the limit outside Arts and
higher on these courses to qualify. Science.
b. Standards for Distinction and Great Distinction 10. Residence requirement: 20 courses, including the
Students who have displayed outstanding academic last 10 taken for credit toward the degree.
performance during their undergraduate degree For purposes of these regulations, Mathematics and
programs are awarded their degrees "With Distinction" Computer Science; Geography and Archaeology; and
or "With Great Distinction." French, German and Spanish may be considered separate
Students with an Award GPA of 3.5 to 3.74 are awarded departments.
their degree "With Distinction." Students with an Award
GPA of 3.75 or higher are awarded their degree "With b. Major Requirements
Great Distinction." 1. A major program must be chosen from the
For purposes of awarding degrees "With Distinction" or following: Anthropology, Art, Dramatic Arts,
"With Great Distinction," the Faculty of Arts and Science Economics, English, French, French/German,
determines an Award grade point average by factoring French/Spanish, Geography, German, History,
into the University of Lethbridge cumulative grade point Kinesiology, Music, Native American Studies,
average, actual grades on transfer courses, and A+ grades Philosophy, Political Science, Psychology, Religious
as 4.3 grade points. Studies, Sociology, Women’s Studies, a General
Major in the Humanities, a General Major in the
5. BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.)
Social Sciences, an approved multidisciplinary major
a. General Requirements in Agricultural Studies, Archaeology and Geography,
Canadian Studies or Urban and Regional Studies, or
1. Successful completion of at least 40 courses with a
an individual multidisciplinary major program. The
grade point average of a least 2.00.
multidisciplinary major in Recreation and Leisure
2. Completion of the General Liberal Education Studies is no longer offered.
Requirement (see Part 4 - Academic Regulations,
Section 5, p. 77). 2. All specific requirements for a chosen major must
be fulfilled. The specific requirements for each
3. At least 25 Arts and Science courses not from the disciplinary major program are set out elsewhere in
list Science Courses (i.e., at least 25 non-science this Part.
courses).
3. Not more than 20 courses from one discipline may
4. At least 10 Arts and Science courses from the be counted toward a major program.
3000/4000 series, excluding Activity courses.
4. 20 courses are required in a multidisciplinary and in
5. Not more than five Independent Study courses may an individual multidisciplinary major.
be taken for credit toward the degree.
5. At least half the courses required in the major
6. Not more than 10 courses may be taken at the discipline must be completed at the University of
0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree. Lethbridge.
Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990 For the specific requirements for multidisciplinary major
range. Only the first course in the range counts programs, see the Program Coordinators or Assistant
toward this limit in the language subjects of French, Dean (Curriculum and Advising).
German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation
one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted
toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and In some disciplines, qualified students in the Bachelor of
1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal Arts, Bachelor of Science, or Bachelor of Arts and
Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one Science programs may elect to complete an
course toward this limit. undergraduate thesis course (6.0 credit hours). Students
who complete all requirements and satisfy the academic
7. Not more than 20 courses may be taken from one standards required for the undergraduate thesis course
department for credit toward the degree. in a single discipline or multidisciplinary major are eligible
ARTS AND SCIENCE

8. Not more than four Activity courses (that is, to receive the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation on their
courses with a weighting of 1.5 credit hours) except official transcript and degree parchment.
for Kinesiology majors, 16; Music majors, 8; may be Undergraduate thesis courses are numbered 4995. (See
taken for credit toward the degree. Part 15 - Courses for details on approved courses.)
90
1. Prerequisites 2. The thesis should be of high quality and
Prospective ‘Honours Thesis’ candidates must meet made publicly available by the
the following prerequisites: Department.
a. Fourth-year standing (a minimum of 90.0 credit b. Oral Component
hours). The student will be required to make a formal
b. A cumulative GPA of 3.30 (or higher if the oral presentation demonstrating the ability to
Department/Unit requires). articulate clearly the nature of the project
undertaken, the research methodology and the
c. Any further prerequisite(s) as determined by results of the project. This component is a
the Department/Unit and appearing in the demonstration of the student’s competence in
Calendar under the undergraduate course oral communication and not necessarily an
listing. (See Part 15 - Courses). oral defence of the thesis, unless so specified
2. Supervisory Committee by the Department.
For each prospective ‘Honours Thesis’ candidate, a 5. Eligibility for ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation
Supervisory Committee will be established. The Students are eligible to receive the ‘Honours Thesis’
Supervisory Committee, approved by the designation on their official transcript and degree
Department offering the undergraduate thesis parchment only if they achieve a minimum grade of
course, will consist of the Thesis Supervisor from ‘B+’ (3.30 or higher) for the undergraduate thesis
the Department and a minimum of one other course, and have satisfactorily completed the
reader, who may be from outside the Department. required oral component. Students who achieve
Note: For majors not housed in a Department, the grades between ‘D’ and ‘B’, inclusive, and/or do not
Supervisory Committee composition shall be proposed complete the oral component will retain credit for
by the Program Coordinator, subject to endorsement by the equivalent of two courses (6.0 credit hours) but
the Dean. will not be eligible for the ‘Honours Thesis’
3. Initial Approval designation.
a. The prospective student must present a Thesis Inquiries about the availability of the ‘Honours Thesis’
Proposal to be approved by the Supervisory option should be directed to the respective
Committee prior to registration for the Department/Unit. Please refer to Part 4 - Academic
course. Regulations, Section 3.d. (p. 65) for more
information on the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation.
b. The Supervisory Committee will establish at
Note: The ‘Honours Thesis’ designation is not available for
the outset the weighting of the written and Combined Degrees programs, Post-Diploma programs or the
oral components of the thesis, as well as the B.A., B.Sc., or BASc. as a second degree.
procedure for determining the final grade.
6. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.Sc.)
c. Subsequent changes to the approved Thesis
Proposal must be approved by the Supervisory a. General Requirements
Committee.
1. Successful completion of at least 40 courses with a
d. The prospective student must submit an grade point average of at least 2.00.
unofficial transcript for review by the
Supervisory Committee. 2. Completion of the General Liberal Education
e. Admission to the course is achieved through Requirement (see Part 4 - Academic Regulations,
approval of the Supervisory Committee and Section 5, p. 77).
the Department, or Program Coordinator, 3. At least 25 Arts and Science courses from the list
endorsed by the Dean whose signature Science Courses.
indicates that the necessary resources are
available for the project. 4. At least 10 Arts and Science courses from the
3000/4000 series, excluding Activity courses.
f. The student must register for the
undergraduate thesis course by the last day for 5. Not more than five Independent Study courses may
course Add/Drop for the given Fall/Spring be taken for credit toward the degree.
Semester or Summer Session.
6. Not more than 10 courses may be taken at the
4. Final Assessment 0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree.
The final assessment for the undergraduate thesis is Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
based on two criteria: Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990
range. Only the first course in the range counts
a. Written Component toward this limit in the language subjects of French,
1. The undergraduate thesis must be a German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only
sustained piece of supervised research one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted
ARTS AND SCIENCE

demonstrating a superior level of toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and
academic ability on a matter approved by 1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal
the Supervisory Committee prior to Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one
registration in the course. course toward this limit.
91
7. Not more than 20 courses may be taken from one transcript and degree parchment. Please refer to
department for credit toward the degree. Section 5.c. (p. 90) in this Part and Part 4 -
Academic Regulations, Section 3.d. (p. 65) for
8. Not more than four Activity courses (that is,
more information on the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation.
courses with a weighting of 1.5 credit hours) except
for Kinesiology majors, 16; Music majors, 8; may be Please see Part 15 - Courses for approved
taken for credit toward the degree. Undergraduate Thesis courses.

9. Not more than four university-accredited courses 7. BACHELOR OF ARTS AND SCIENCE (BASc.)
that are not Arts and Science courses may be taken a. General Requirements
for credit toward the degree. Courses cross-listed
between the Faculty of Arts and Science and 1. Successful completion of at least 40 courses with a
another Faculty or School do not count toward the grade point average of at least 2.00.
limit outside Arts and Science. Courses in Art,
Drama, Fine Arts, Music and New Media (formerly 2. Completion of the General Liberal Education
Multimedia) offered by the Faculty of Fine Arts do Requirement (see Part 4 - Academic
not count toward the limit outside Arts and Regulations, Section 5, p. 77)
Science. 3. At least 10 Arts and Science courses from the
10. Residence requirement: 20 courses, including the 3000/4000 series, excluding Activity courses.
last 10 taken for credit toward the degree. 4. Not more than five Independent Study courses may
For purposes of these regulations, Mathematics and be taken for credit toward the degree.
Computer Science; Geography and Archaeology; and
French, German and Spanish may be considered separate 5. Not more than 10 courses may be taken at the
departments. 0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree.
Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
b. Major Requirements Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990
1. A major program must be chosen from the range. Only the first course in the range counts
following: Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Computer toward this limit in the language subjects of French,
Science, Geography, Kinesiology, Mathematics, German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only
Physics, Psychology, a General Major in the Sciences, one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted
an approved multidisciplinary major in Agricultural toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and
Biotechnology, Agricultural Studies, Archaeology 1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal
and Geography, Biochemistry, Computer Science Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one
and Geographical Information Science, course toward this limit.
Environmental Science, Exercise Science or
Neuroscience, or an individual multidisciplinary 6. Not more than 20 courses from one department
major program. may be taken for credit toward the degree.

2. All specific requirements for a chosen major 7. Not more than four Activity courses (that is,
program must be fulfilled.The specific requirements courses with a weighting of 1.5 credit hours) except
for each disciplinary major program are set out for Kinesiology majors, 16; Music majors, 8; may be
elsewhere in this Part. taken for credit toward the degree.

3. Not more than 20 courses from one discipline may 8. Not more than four university-accredited courses
be counted toward a major program. that are not Arts and Science courses may be taken
for credit toward the degree. Courses cross-listed
4. 20 courses are required in a multidisciplinary and between the Faculty of Arts and Science and
individual multidisciplinary major. For the purposes another Faculty or School do not count toward the
of this regulation, a Biochemistry multidisciplinary limit outside Arts and Science. Courses in Art,
major may not include more than 25 courses.
Drama, Fine Arts, Music and New Media (formerly
5. At least half the courses required in the major Multimedia) offered by the Faculty of Fine Arts do
discipline must be completed at the University of not count toward the limit outside Arts and
Lethbridge. Science.
For the specific requirements for multidisciplinary major 9. Completion of Computer Science 1000 -
programs, see the Program Coordinators or Assistant Introduction to Computer Science OR Computer
Dean (Curriculum and Advising). Science 1620 - Fundamentals of Programming I.
c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation 10. Completion of Library Science 2000 - Library
In some disciplines, students in the Bachelor of Science, Research and Information Systems.
Bachelor of Arts, or Bachelor of Arts and Science
programs may elect to complete an undergraduate thesis 11. Completion of a second language course, other than
course (6.0 credit hours). Students who complete all English, at the 2000 level. Eligible courses include
ARTS AND SCIENCE

requirements and satisfy the academic standards courses listed in the Calendar, or languages
required for the undergraduate thesis course in a single transferable to the University of Lethbridge at the
discipline or multidisciplinary major are eligible to 2000 level. Language instruction completed as an
receive the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation on their official Independent Study is specifically excluded.
92
12. Residence requirement: 20 courses, including the 8. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) IN
last 10 taken for credit toward the degree. AGRICULTURAL STUDIES
b. Major Requirements This program is directed toward graduates of Olds College as
indicated below. Graduates of other two-year college diploma
1. Two Arts and Science majors are to be completed, programs in Agriculture will also be considered. See Part 21 -
one from List A and one from List B below: Collaborating and Partnering Institutions for a list of
List A: Fine Arts, Humanities, Social Sciences colleges with approved diplomas.
Anthropology History a. Admission Requirements
Art ** Kinesiology
Dramatic Arts Music 1. Completion of a two-year diploma program at Olds
Economics Native American Studies College in Agricultural Business, Agricultural
English Philosophy Production, Horticulture,Animal Health Technology,
French Political Science Land Resource Management, Land Agent or Seed
French/German * Psychology and Grain, with a minimum cumulative grade point
French/Spanish Religious Studies average of 2.50, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma
* Geography Sociology program.
German Women’s Studies 2. Subject to the permission of the Dean of Arts and
List B: Sciences Science, completion of a two-year diploma program
Biological Sciences *** Kinesiology at Olds College in Agricultural Business,Agricultural
Chemistry Mathematics Production, Horticulture,Animal Health Technology,
Computer Science Physics Land Resource Management, Land Agent or Seed
* Geography * Psychology and Grain, with a minimum cumulative grade point
average of 2.00 to 2.49, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma
All specific requirements for a chosen major must
program.
be fulfilled. The specific requirements for each
disciplinary major program are set out elsewhere in 3. Subject to the permission of the Dean of Arts and
this Part. Science, completion of an approved two-year
* Geography may be chosen to fulfill only one of List A or List B. college diploma program in Agriculture with a
Psychology may be chosen to fulfill only one of List A or List B. minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00, on
** Students choosing Kinesiology as their List A major must a 4.0 scale.
complete requirements for the major in Kinesiology for the B.A. See Part 21 - Collaborating and Partnering
Kinesiology may be chosen to fulfill only one of List A or List B. Institutions for a list of colleges with approved
*** Students choosing Kinesiology as their List B major must diplomas.
complete requirements for the major in Kinesiology for the
B.Sc. Kinesiology may be chosen to fulfill only one of List A or b. General Requirements
List B.
1. Successful completion of at least 20 courses with a
Established multidisciplinary majors (Agricultural cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00.
Biotechnology, Agricultural Studies, Archaeology
and Geography, Biochemistry, Canadian Studies, 2. Completion of the General Liberal Education
Computer Science and Geographical Information Requirement (see Part 4 - Academic Regulations,
Science, Environmental Science, Exercise Science, Section 5, p. 77).
Neuroscience, and Urban and Regional Studies) and
individual multidisciplinary major programs are not 3. At least 13 Arts and Science courses not from the
eligible for selection as majors for the BASc. list Science Courses (i.e., at least 13 non-science
courses).
2. Not more than 20 courses from one discipline may
be counted toward a major program. 4. Not more than 10 courses may be taken at the
0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree.
3. At least six courses in the major discipline must be Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
completed at the University of Lethbridge. Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990
range. Only the first course in the range counts
c. ‘Honours Thesis’ Designation toward this limit in the language subjects of French,
In some disciplines, students in the Bachelor of Arts and German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only
Science, Bachelor of Arts, or Bachelor of Science one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted
programs may elect to complete an undergraduate thesis toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and
course (6.0 credit hours). Students who complete all 1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal
requirements and satisfy the academic standards Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one
required for the undergraduate thesis course in a single course toward this limit.
discipline or multidisciplinary major are eligible to
receive the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation on their official 5. At least six courses at the 3000/4000 level,
transcript and degree parchment. Please refer to excluding Activity courses.
Section 5.c. (p. 90) in this part and Part 4 -
ARTS AND SCIENCE

6. Not more than two Independent Study courses may


Academic Regulations, Section 3.d. (p. 65) for be taken for credit toward the degree.
more information on the ‘Honours Thesis’ designation.
Please see Part 15 - Courses for approved 7. Completion of all course requirements as specified
Undergraduate Thesis courses. in c. below.
93
c. Course Requirements d. Concentration: Agricultural Business
Students must complete a total of 20 courses, including Students in the Post-Diploma B.A. in Agricultural Studies
a Required Core of 12 courses and 8 courses to satisfy degree program may declare a Concentration in
either the General Stream or the Agricultural Economics Agricultural Business.
Stream. Students with an interest in graduate study in In addition to the minimum 20 courses required for this
Agriculture should choose the Agricultural Economics degree program, students must complete a minimum of
Stream. FIVE courses for the Concentration in Agricultural
Required Core (12 Courses): Business as follows:
Agricultural Studies 1000 - The Evolution of Agriculture
1. For holders of diplomas other than diplomas in
* Agricultural Studies 3300 - Modelling of Agricultural Agribusiness, the required courses include:
Systems
Agricultural Studies 4000 - Seminars in Agricultural Management 2100 - Introductory Accounting
Issues Series Management 3020 - Marketing
Economics 1010 - Introduction to Microeconomics Three of:
One of: Economics 3030 - Managerial Economics
Economics 2150 - Economics of Agricultural Issues Economics 3080/Management 3780 - Principles
Economics 2350 - Economics of Agricultural Markets I of Industrial Organization
Economics 3300 - Agricultural Policy I Management 3010 - Management Law
Philosophy 3406 - Business Ethics Political Science 2410 - Public Administration
Statistics 1770 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics Political Science 3421/Management 3051 -
One of: Managing People and Organizations
Economics 2900 - Quantitative Methods in 2. For holders of diplomas in Agribusiness, the
Economics required courses include:
Statistics 2780 - Statistical Inference
* Management 3040 - Finance
One of:
English 1900 - Introduction to Language and One of:
Literature Management 3470 - Corporate Finance
History 1000 - Western Civilization * Management 4230 - Marketing Management
Philosophy 1000 - Introduction to Philosophy Three of:
Religious Studies 1000 - Introduction to World Economics 3030 - Managerial Economics
Religions
Economics 3080/Management 3780 - Principles
One additional course from List I (Fine Arts and of Industrial Organization
Humanities Courses) * Management 3061 - Information Systems and
** One additional course from List III (Science Courses) Management
* Students who have taken Agricultural Studies 2000 prior to * Management 3210 - Consumer Behaviour
2000/2001 will have met this requirement. * Management 4220 - International Marketing
** Students in the Agricultural Economics Stream must take Political Science 2410 - Public Administration
Mathematics 1510 (Techniques of Calculus) or Mathematics 1560
(Calculus I). Students with an interest in graduate study in Agriculture * Students who hold diplomas in Agribusiness are considered to
should choose Mathematics 1560. have background that satisfies the prerequisites for these
required courses and may not receive credit for Management
Students must choose one of the following 2030 (3030) or Management 2000 (prior to 2003/2004),
streams, each consisting of 8 courses: 2060, 2400 or 3020 at the University of Lethbridge.
General Stream (8 courses) Note: Students who choose Management 3061 - Information
Any four additional courses from List I (Fine Arts and Systems and Management must complete either English
Humanities Courses) and List II (Social Science 1900 or Writing 1000 as a corequisite for this course.
Courses), including at least two courses at the Note: Students may not double count courses required for the
3000/4000 level Concentration in Agricultural Business in fulfilling
Any four additional Arts and Science courses requirements for the General Liberal Education core and
either the General Stream or Agricultural Economics stream
Agricultural Economics Stream (8 courses)
for the degree program. In such cases, students must select
Economics 1012 - Introduction to Macroeconomics List II courses and Arts and Science electives which are not
Economics 3010 - Intermediate Microeconomic Theory required for the Concentration in Agricultural Business.
Economics 3012 - Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory
For students who complete, in addition to the minimum
Economics 4300 - Agricultural Policy II
20 courses for this B.A. degree program, all five courses
Any two additional courses at the 3000/4000 level from (as specified in 1. or 2. above), the Concentration in
List I (Fine Arts and Humanities Courses) and List II Agricultural Business will be acknowledged on the official
(Social Science Courses)
transcript.
Any two additional Arts and Science courses
ARTS AND SCIENCE

Note: Students with an interest in graduate study in Agriculture or


recognition in professional societies should select at least two
of their additional courses from Economics (3000/4000 level).

94
9. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.Sc.) c. Course Requirements
IN AGRICULTURAL STUDIES Students must complete a total of 20 courses, including
This program is directed toward graduates of Olds College as a Required Core of 12 courses and 8 courses to satisfy
indicated below. Graduates of other two-year college diploma either the Biological Sciences Stream or the Geography
programs in Agriculture will also be considered. See Part 21 - Stream.
Collaborating and Partnering Institutions for a list of Required Core (12 Courses):
colleges with approved diplomas.
Agricultural Studies 1000 - The Evolution of Agriculture
a. Admission Requirements * Agricultural Studies 3300 - Modelling of Agricultural
Systems
1. Completion of a two-year diploma program at Olds
Agricultural Studies 4000 - Seminars in Agricultural
College in Agricultural Business, Agricultural
Issues Series
Production, Horticulture,Animal Health Technology,
Biology 1010 - Cellular Basis of Life
Land Resource Management, Land Agent or Seed
Economics 1010 - Introduction to Microeconomics
and Grain, with a minimum cumulative grade point
Economics 3220 - Environmental Economics
average of 2.50, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma
Economics 3300 - Agricultural Policy I
program.
** Geography 3210 - Agricultural Geography
2. Subject to the permission of the Dean of Arts and One of:
Science, completion of a two-year diploma program *** Philosophy 3402 - Biomedical Ethics
at Olds College in Agricultural Business,Agricultural Philosophy 3406 - Business Ethics
Production, Horticulture,Animal Health Technology, Statistics 1770 - Introduction to Probability and Statistics
Land Resource Management, Land Agent or Seed
and Grain, with a minimum cumulative grade point One of:
average of 2.00 to 2.49, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma English 1900 - Introduction to Language and
program. Literature
History 1000 - Western Civilization
3. Subject to the permission of the Dean of Arts and Philosophy 1000 - Introduction to Philosophy
Science, completion of an approved two-year Religious Studies 1000 - Introduction to World
college diploma program in Agriculture with a Religions
minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.00, on One additional course from List I (Fine Arts and
a 4.0 scale. Humanities Courses)
See Part 21 - Collaborating and Partnering * Students who have taken Agricultural Studies 2000 prior to
Institutions for a list of colleges with approved 2000/2001 will have met this requirement.
diplomas. ** Students in the Post-Diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies are
b. General Requirements considered to have the background that satisfies the Geography
prerequisite (Geography 2210) for Geography 3210.
1. Successful completion of at least 20 courses with a *** Students who wish to take Philosophy 3402 must take Philosophy
cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00. 1000 as a prerequisite.
2. Completion of the General Liberal Education Students must choose one of the following
Requirement (see Part 4 - Academic Regulations, streams, each consisting of 8 courses:
Section 5, p. 77). Biological Sciences Stream (8 courses)
3. At least 10 Arts and Science courses from the list Biology 2000 - Principles of Genetics
Science Courses. Biology 2200 - Principles of Ecology
Chemistry 2100 - Elements of Organic Chemistry I
4. Not more than 10 courses may be taken at the Chemistry 2200 - Elements of Organic Chemistry II
0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree.
Four of:
Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
Biology 3000 - Molecular Genetics
Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990
Biology 3110 - Cell Regulation
range. Only the first course in the range counts
Biology 3200 - Principles of Microbiology
toward this limit in the language subjects of French,
Biology 3310 - Developmental Biology
German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only
Biology 3420 - Animal Physiology
one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted Biology 3460 - Plant Physiology
toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and Biology 3520 - Invertebrate Zoology
1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal Biology 3530 - Vertebrate Zoology
Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one Biology 3560 - Plant Anatomy and Morphology
course toward this limit. Biology 3600 - Evolutionary Ecology
5. At least six courses at the 3000/4000 level, Biology 3610 - Prairie Conservation
excluding Activity courses. Biology 3700 - Ecosystem and Community Ecology
Biology 4100 - Advances in Agricultural
6. Not more than two Independent Study courses may Biotechnology
be taken for credit toward the degree. Biology 4110 - Advances in Genetics, Molecular and
ARTS AND SCIENCE

7. Completion of all course requirements as specified Cellular Biology


in c. below. Biology 4170 - Plant Biotechnology
Biology 4560 - Plant Development
Biology 4770 - Plant Systematics and Evolution
95
Note: Students may count Special Topics courses (i.e., Biology 3850 2. For holders of diplomas in Agribusiness, the
and Biology 4850) towards the Biological Sciences stream required courses include:
provided:
* Management 3040 - Finance
1.They are clearly related to the stream; and,
One of:
2.They are approved by the Coordinator of the program. Management 3470 - Corporate Finance
Note: Students may include a maximum of two Special Topics * Management 4230 - Marketing Management
courses in their degree program.
Three of:
Geography Stream (8 courses) Economics 3030 - Managerial Economics
Environmental Science 2000 - Fundamentals of Economics 3080/Management 3780 - Principles
Environmental Science of Industrial Organization
* Geography 2015 - Weather and Climate * Management 3061 - Information Systems and
* Geography 2700 - Geographical Data and Analysis Management
Geography 3075 - Environmental Resources Manage- * Management 3210 - Consumer Behaviour
* Management 4220 - International Marketing
ment
Political Science 2410 - Public Administration
Geography 3080 (4050) - Soils
Geography 3700 - Cartography * Students who hold diplomas in Agribusiness are considered to
have background that satisfies the prerequisites for these
Geography 3720 - Introduction to Remote Sensing required courses and may not receive credit for Management
Geography 3740 - Geographic Information Systems 2030 (3030) or Management 2000 (prior to 2003/2004),
Geography 4012 - Hydrology 2060, 2400 or 3020 at the University of Lethbridge.
Geography 4015 - Integrated Watershed Management Note: Students who choose Management 3061 - Information
Geography 4200 - Project in Agricultural Geography Systems and Management must complete either English
Geography 4725 - Advanced Remote Sensing 1900 or Writing 1000 as a corequisite for this course.
Geography 4740 - Applied Geographic Information Note: Students may not double count courses required for the
Systems Concentration in Agricultural Business in fulfilling
Geography 4760 - Agricultural Soil Management requirements for the General Liberal Education core. Students
Geography 4770 - Irrigation Science must select a List II course that is not required for the
Concentration in Agricultural Business.
* Students in the Post-Diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies are
For students who complete, in addition to the minimum
considered to have the background that satisfies the Geography
prerequisite—Geography 1010 (Geography 1000 prior to
20 courses for this B.Sc. degree program, all five courses
2004/2005)—for Geography 2015 and 2700. (as specified in 1. or 2. above), the Concentration in
Agricultural Business will be acknowledged on the official
Note: Students may count Special Topics courses (i.e., Geography
3850 and Geography 4850) towards the Geography stream transcript.
provided: e. Concentration: Geographical Information
1.They are clearly related to the stream; and, Science
2.They are approved by the Coordinator of the program. Students in the Post-Diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies
Note: Students wishing to pursue the Concentration in degree program may declare a Concentration in
Geographical Information Science must complete Geographical Information Science.
Geography 2700, 3720, and 3740 among the eight Required courses for the Concentration in Geographical
courses required in the Geography Stream. Information Science include:
Four of:
d. Concentration: Agricultural Business
* Geography 3700 - Cartography OR Geography 3730
Students in the Post-Diploma B.Sc. in Agricultural Studies - Spatial Statistics
degree program may declare a Concentration in * Geography 4012 - Hydrology OR *Geography 4015
Agricultural Business. - Integrated Watershed Management
In addition to the minimum of 20 courses required for Geography 4700 - Advanced Computer Mapping
this degree program, students must complete a minimum Geography 4710 - Remote Sensing Field School
* Geography 4725 - Advanced Remote Sensing
of FIVE courses for the Concentration in Agricultural
* Geography 4740 - Applied Geographic Information
Business as follows:
Systems
1. For holders of diplomas other than diplomas in Geography 4751 - Seminar in Spatial Modelling
Agribusiness, the required courses include: Geography 4752 - Seminar in Geographical
Information Systems
Management 2100 - Introductory Accounting
Geography 4753 - Seminar in Remote Sensing
Management 3020 - Marketing
Required Cognate:
Three of: Computer Science 1620 - Fundamentals of
Economics 3030 - Managerial Economics Programming I
Economics 3080/Management 3780 - Principles * Students may not double count courses required for the
of Industrial Organization Concentration in Geographical Information Science in fulfilling
ARTS AND SCIENCE

Management 3010 - Management Law requirements for the Geography Stream. In such cases, students must
Political Science 2410 - Public Administration select another option from the Geography Stream.
Political Science 3421/Management 3051 - For students who complete, in addition to the minimum 20
Managing People and Organizations courses for this B.Sc. degree program, all five courses, the
96
Concentration in Geographical Information Science will Department is implicitly acknowledging that students
be acknowledged on the official transcript. have completed the equivalent of Computer Science
1620, 2610, 2620 and 2660 as part of their diploma
10. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.Sc.)
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE program.
This program is directed toward graduates of approved two- Required courses include:
year college diploma programs in Computer System Computer Science 2690 - Systems Programming
Technology or Computer Information Technology. Graduates Computer Science 3615 - Computer Architecture
of other diploma programs in these areas will also be Computer Science 3620 - Data Structures and
considered. See Part 21 - Collaborating and Partnering Algorithms
Institutions for a list of colleges with approved diplomas.
Seven additional 3000/4000-level Computer Science
a. Admission Requirements courses offered by the Department of Mathematics
Completion of an approved two-year college diploma and Computer Science, at least one of which must be
program with a minimum cumulative grade point average a regularly offered 4000-level course (excluding
of 2.50, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma program. Computer Science 4850 - Topics in Computer
See Part 21 - Collaborating and Partnering Science, Computer Science 4980 - Applied Studies,
Institutions for a list of colleges with approved and Computer Science 4990 - Independent Study).
diplomas. One of the additional 3000-level courses may be
replaced by a course from the following list:
Applicants must follow the procedures outlined for all
students in Part 1 - Admission, and must also submit Mathematics 2000 - Mathematical Concepts
an official college transcript. Physics 3900 - Intermediate Experimental Physics
(Series): Digital Electronics
b. General Requirements Any 3000/4000-level Mathematics course
1. Successful completion of at least 20 courses with a Required cognates:
cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00.
Mathematics 1410 - Elementary Linear Algebra
2. Completion of eight courses from Lists I and II for Mathematics 2865 - Combinatorial Mathematics
the General Liberal Education Requirement (see Note: Students may find that their diploma courses may overlap in
Part 4 - Academic Regulations, Section 5, p. content some course offerings in the Computer Science
77) as follows: program. However, the Department’s offerings will often
• at least four courses from List I: Fine Arts and differ in focus and emphasis from diploma course offerings
Humanities courses; and, that bear superficially similar course descriptions. Students
who have reservations about apparent duplication of
• at least four courses from List II: Social Science offerings of Computer Science electives studied in their
courses. diploma programs are encouraged to pursue other elective
• at least one of these eight courses must be at offerings from the Department.
the 2000 level or higher. Students will be expected to have a working knowledge of the
Note: List III: Science Courses will be satisfied via the major programming languages used by the Department in the
requirements listed in c., below. delivery of Computer Science 1620 and 2620. A student
without this background will be expected to remedy any
3. At least 12 courses for the Computer Science programming language deficiencies.
major requirements (see c. below).
Suggested Sequencing Plan
4. Not more than eight courses may be taken at the
This plan is just one example of how to complete major
0100/1000 level for credit toward the degree.
and degree requirements; students may find that a
Activity courses are exempted from this limit.
Language courses are offered in the 0100-1990 different sequence works as well as this one.
range. Only the first course in the range counts Year One
toward this limit in the language subjects of French, Fall Spring
Computer Science 3000 level Computer Science 2690
German, Greek, Japanese, Latin and Spanish. Only
Computer Science 3000 level Computer Science 3615
one of Economics 1010 and 1012 will be counted Mathematics 1410 (required Computer Science 3620
toward this limit. Only one of Biology 1010 and cognate) Mathematics 2865 (required
1020 will be counted toward this limit. Liberal Liberal Education course (List I) cognate)
Education 1001/1002 will be counted as only one Liberal Education course (List II) Liberal Education course (List I)
course toward this limit. Year Two
Fall Spring
5. Not more than two Independent Study courses may Computer Science 3000/4000 level Computer Science 4000 level
be taken for credit toward the degree. Computer Science 3000/4000 level Computer Science 3000/4000 level
Computer Science 3000/4000 level Liberal Education course (List I)
c. Major Requirements Liberal Education course (List I) Liberal Education course (List II)
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science Liberal Education course (List II) Liberal Education course (List II)
offers courses in Computer Science, Mathematics and Note: Required Mathematics cognates should be taken as early as possible
ARTS AND SCIENCE

Statistics. The curriculum for the post-diploma B.Sc. in (in Year One, in the Fall Semester if course scheduling permits), to
derive maximum benefit from the courses for the remainder of the
Computer Science is designed to offer complementary program.
training in Computer Science to students with previous
technical training. In approving the college diploma, the
97
11. POST-DIPLOMA BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.Sc.) Part 4 - Academic Regulations, Section 5, p.
IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 77) as follows:
a. Admission Requirements • at least three courses from List I: Fine Arts and
Humanities courses; and,
This program is directed toward graduates of the
Lethbridge Community College, as indicated below. • at least one course from List II: Social Science
Graduates of other college programs in Environmental courses.
Science will also be considered. See Part 21 - 3. At least 14 courses for the Environmental Science
Collaborating and Partnering Institutions for a list major requirements (see c. below).
of colleges with approved diplomas.
4. At least one further course at the 3000/4000 level.
1. Completion of the Diploma in Renewable Resource
Management or in Environmental Assessment and 5. Not more than two Independent Study courses may
Restoration (formerly Watershed Management) at the be taken for credit toward the degree.
Lethbridge Community College with a minimum
cumulative grade point average of 2.75, on a 4.0 6. Not more than one course that is not an Arts and
scale, in the diploma program. Science course may be taken for credit toward the
degree.
OR
c. Major Requirements
2. Completion of the Diploma in Renewable Resource
Management or in Environmental Assessment and The Departments of Biological Sciences and Geography
Restoration (formerly Watershed Management) at the jointly offer instruction leading to the post-diploma
Lethbridge Community College with a minimum major in Environmental Science. The curriculum for the
cumulative grade point average of 2.00, on a 4.0 post-diploma B.Sc. in Environmental Science is designed
scale, in the diploma program, and at least three to provide a complementary training in both biological
years of directly related work experience after sciences and geography to students with previous
completion of the Lethbridge Community College technical training.
Diploma and within the five years preceding Required courses include:
admission to the University of Lethbridge.
A minimum of 14 courses, including 10 courses in
OR Biology and Geography and one in Environmental
3. Applicants who have completed either of the above Science as follows:
Lethbridge Community College Diplomas and have Biology 1010 - Cellular Basis of Life
other combinations of cumulative grade point Biology 2000 - Principles of Genetics
average and related work experience may be Two 3000- or 4000-level Biology courses, chosen from
admitted with permission of the Dean of Arts and among the Biological Sciences Department's List 1
Science. Students must have a minimum cumulative (Cellular and Molecular Biology), List 2 (Organismal
grade point average of 2.00, on a 4.0 scale, in the Biology) and List 3 (Ecology and Evolutionary
diploma program. Biology) courses, see Section 21.h. (p. 114)
OR One of:
4. Subject to permission of the Dean of Arts and Biology 3300 - Evolution
Science, completion of an approved college diploma or
program in Environmental Science, with a A 3000- or 4000-level Biology course chosen from
cumulative grade point average of 2.75 (or the Biological Sciences Department's List 3
equivalent), or a minimum grade point average of (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology), see Section
2.00, on a 4.0 scale, in the diploma program plus 21.h. (p. 114)
subsequent directly related work experience. Environmental Science 4000 - Selected Studies in
See Part 21 - Collaborating and Partnering Environmental Science II (Series)
Institutions for a list of colleges with approved Geography 2015 - Weather and Climate
diplomas. Geography 2535 - Introduction to Planning
Applicants follow the procedures outlined for all Geography 3740 - Geographic Information Systems
students in Part 1 - Admission, and must also submit Two 3000- or 4000-level Geography or Geology
the following documentation: courses, with a Science designation (see Section 20.
Divisional Course Designation, p. 104 and List
1. Official college transcript. III: Science Courses, p. 79)
2. Students with a cumulative grade point average of Students may not take for credit those courses offered
less than 2.75 must submit proof of directly related by Biological Sciences or Geography that have close
work experience. equivalents in the Renewable Resource Management or
Environmental Assessment and Restoration (formerly
b. General Requirements Watershed Management) Diploma Programs at the
Lethbridge Community College.These excluded courses
ARTS AND SCIENCE

1. Successful completion of at least 20 courses with a


cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00. include the following: Biology 1020, Biology 2200,
Geography 1010 (Geography 1000 prior to 2004/2005),
2. Completion of five courses from Lists I and II for Geography 2700, Geography 3720, Geography 3080
the General Liberal Education Requirement (see (4050), Geology 2060 and Geology 3020.
98
Three required cognates as follows: Part 4 - Academic Regulations, Section 5, p.
Two lab-based courses in Chemistry at or above the 77) as follows:
1000 level (preferably: Chemistry 2100 - Elements of • at least three courses from List I: Fine Arts and
Organic Chemistry I and Chemistry 2200 - Elements Humanities Courses;
of Organic Chemistry II) • at least one course from List II: Social Science
Courses; and
One of:
Physics 1000 - Introduction to Physics I • one additional course from List I or II.
Physics 1050 - Introduction to Biophysics (preferred) 3. At least 14 courses for the Geography major with a
Statistics 1770 - Introduction to Probability and Concentration in Geographical Information Science,
Statistics as listed in c. below.
Majors are advised to take one Independent Study or 4. One additional course at the 3000/4000 level.
Applied Studies course.
c. Major Requirements:
Note: Students who began the program prior to May 1, 1996,
shou